[Rev. 8/22/2025 11:15:44 AM]
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1971κ
Assembly Bill No. 92Assemblymembers Dickman, Gray, DeLong and ONeill
Joint Sponsor: Senator Titus
CHAPTER 295
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to elections; requiring that rooms or spaces in certain public buildings be provided to certain political parties without charge for certain purposes; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Senate Bill No. 292 of the 2021 Legislative Session repealed a requirement that, upon application by a state or county central committee, rooms or spaces in certain public buildings be made available without charge to state or county central committees of major political parties: (1) in presidential election years for any purpose; and (2) during other years for the purpose of conducting precinct meetings. (Section 15 of chapter 331, Statutes of Nevada 2021, at page 1980) This bill: (1) reinstates this requirement; and (2) excepts from this requirement any building owned or occupied by any component of the Nevada System of Higher Education.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Chapter 293 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. If a room or space is available in a building that is open to the general public and occupied by the government of this State or a political subdivision of this State or an agency thereof, except a building that is owned or occupied by any component of the Nevada System of Higher Education, the public officer or employee in control of the room or space shall, upon application by a state or county central committee of a major political party, grant the use of the room or space to the state or county central committee:
(a) During a presidential election year, without charge for any purpose; and
(b) During any year that is not a presidential election year:
(1) Without charge for the purpose of conducting a precinct meeting; and
(2) At a rate that must not exceed the rate charged to any other group during this time period for the use of the room or space, for any purpose other than conducting a precinct meeting.
2. As used in this section, precinct meeting means a meeting of the state or central committee of a major political party held to elect delegates and alternates for a state or county convention of a major political party.
Sec. 2. This act becomes effective on July 1, 2025.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1972κ
Senate Bill No. 346Senators Scheible, Cruz-Crawford, Krasner; Dondero Loop, Nguyen, Ohrenschall, Pazina, Steinbeck and Stone
Joint Sponsor: Assemblymember Hansen
CHAPTER 296
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to guardianship; making various changes relating to guardianship; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law sets forth the procedures and requirements relating to the appointment of a guardian for a proposed protected person who is an adult. (Chapter 159 of NRS) Section 1.3 of this bill defines the term less restrictive alternatives to guardianship and section 1.7 of this bill defines the term power of attorney for the purposes of the provisions of law governing guardianship of adults.
Existing law: (1) authorizes a proposed protected person, a governmental agency, a nonprofit organization or an interested person to petition the court for the appointment of a guardian; (2) requires such a petition to include certain information; and (3) requires that the petitioner provide the court with an assessment of the needs of the proposed protected person, which must be completed by a licensed physician. (NRS 159.044) Section 4 of this bill requires a petition for the appointment of a guardian to contain an attestation that information on less restrictive alternatives to guardianship has been provided to the proposed protected person. Section 4 also requires that a licensed physician completing such an assessment include a determination of whether less restrictive alternatives to guardianship are available and sufficient to support the needs of the proposed protected person.
Existing law requires a guardian of the person to make a written report containing certain information, file the report with the court and serve the report on the protected person and any attorney for the protected person. (NRS 159.081) Section 5 of this bill requires that such a report include an explanation as to why less restrictive alternatives to guardianship in lieu of the guardianship are not being considered.
Existing law authorizes a protected person, the guardian or another person to petition the court for the termination or modification of a guardianship. Existing law provides that for such a petition to be granted, the petitioner must prove that the termination or modification of the guardianship is in the best interests of the protected person. (NRS 159.1905) Section 6 of this bill provides that such a petition may also be granted if the petitioner shows that the protected person has entered into a less restrictive alternative to a guardianship in lieu of the guardianship.
Existing law: (1) sets forth certain procedures for a court to transfer a guardianship or conservatorship order from another state to this State; (2) requires that a petition to transfer include certain information; (3) with certain exceptions, requires a court to issue a provisional order and final order granting a petition to transfer in certain circumstances; and (4) requires a court to recognize a guardianship or conservatorship order from another state in certain circumstances. (NRS 159.2024) Section 6.5 of this bill requires that a petition to transfer must also include: (1) proof that less restrictive alternatives to guardianship were considered; and (2) an explanation as to why less restrictive alternatives to guardianship are not reasonable alternatives to guardianship. Section 6.5 provides that a court may deny a petition to transfer if the court has previously denied a petition to transfer the guardianship or conservatorship because less restrictive alternatives to guardianship for the protected person were not considered, either in this State or in the state from which the petition seeks to transfer the order. Section 6.5 also provides that if a court finds that less restrictive alternatives to guardianship have not been considered for the protected person either in this State or in the state from which the petition seeks to transfer the order, the court: (1) is not required to recognize a guardianship or conservatorship order from the other state; and (2) may deny a petition to transfer.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1973 (CHAPTER 296, SB 346)κ
person either in this State or in the state from which the petition seeks to transfer the order, the court: (1) is not required to recognize a guardianship or conservatorship order from the other state; and (2) may deny a petition to transfer.
Existing law establishes the Protected Persons Bill of Rights, which sets forth certain specific rights of each protected person. (NRS 159.327, 159.328) Section 7 of this bill provides that a protected person has the right to be educated about less restrictive alternatives to guardianship.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Chapter 159 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 1.3 and 1.7 of this act.
Sec. 1.3. Less restrictive alternatives to guardianship includes, without limitation:
1. A durable power of attorney for financial matters;
2. A durable power of attorney for health care; and
3. A supported decision-making agreement.
Sec. 1.7. Power of attorney has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 162A.090.
Sec. 2. NRS 159.013 is hereby amended to read as follows:
159.013 As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the words and terms defined in NRS 159.014 to 159.0265, inclusive, and sections 1.3 and 1.7 of this act have the meanings ascribed to them in those sections.
Sec. 3. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 4. NRS 159.044 is hereby amended to read as follows:
159.044 1. A proposed protected person, a governmental agency, a nonprofit corporation or any interested person may petition the court for the appointment of a guardian.
2. To the extent the petitioner knows or reasonably may ascertain or obtain, the petition must include, without limitation:
(a) The name and address of the petitioner.
(b) The name, date of birth and current address of the proposed protected person.
(c) A copy of one of the following forms of identification of the proposed protected person which must be placed in the records relating to the guardianship proceeding and, except as otherwise provided in NRS 239.0115 or as otherwise required to carry out a specific statute, maintained in a confidential manner:
(1) A social security number;
(2) A taxpayer identification number;
(3) A valid drivers license number;
(4) A valid identification card number;
(5) A valid passport number;
(6) A valid permanent resident card number; or
(7) A valid tribal identification card number.
Κ If the information required pursuant to this paragraph is not included with the petition, the information must be provided to the court not later than 120 days after the appointment of a guardian or as otherwise ordered by the court.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1974 (CHAPTER 296, SB 346)κ
(d) Whether the proposed protected person is a resident or nonresident of this State.
(e) The names and addresses of the spouse of the proposed protected person and the relatives of the proposed protected person who are within the second degree of consanguinity.
(f) The name, date of birth and current address of the proposed guardian. If the proposed guardian is a private professional guardian, the petition must include proof that the guardian meets the requirements of NRS 159.0595 or 159A.0595. If the proposed guardian is not a private professional guardian, the petition must include a statement that the guardian currently is not receiving compensation for services as a guardian to more than one protected person who is not related to the person by blood or marriage. As used in this paragraph, protected person includes a protected minor.
(g) A copy of one of the following forms of identification of the proposed guardian which must be placed in the records relating to the guardianship proceeding and, except as otherwise provided in NRS 239.0115 or as otherwise required to carry out a specific statute, maintained in a confidential manner:
(1) A social security number;
(2) A taxpayer identification number;
(3) A valid drivers license number;
(4) A valid identification card number;
(5) A valid passport number;
(6) A valid permanent resident card number; or
(7) A valid tribal identification card number.
(h) Whether the proposed guardian has ever been convicted of a felony and, if so, information concerning the crime for which the proposed guardian was convicted and whether the proposed guardian was placed on probation or parole.
(i) A summary of the reasons why a guardian is needed and recent documentation demonstrating the need for a guardianship. The documentation must include, without limitation:
(1) A certificate signed by a physician who is licensed to practice medicine in this State or who is employed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, a letter signed by any governmental agency in this State which conducts investigations or a certificate signed by any other person whom the court finds qualified to execute a certificate, stating:
(I) The need for a guardian;
(II) Whether the proposed protected person presents a danger to himself or herself or others;
(III) Whether the attendance of the proposed protected person at a hearing would be detrimental to the proposed protected person;
(IV) Whether the proposed protected person would comprehend the reason for a hearing or contribute to the proceeding; and
(V) Whether the proposed protected person is capable of living independently with or without assistance; and
(2) If the proposed protected person is determined to have the limited capacity to consent to the appointment of a special guardian, a written consent to the appointment of a special guardian from the protected person.
(j) Whether the appointment of a general or a special guardian is sought.
(k) A general description and the probable value of the property of the proposed protected person and any income to which the proposed protected person is or will be entitled, if the petition is for the appointment of a guardian of the estate or a special guardian.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1975 (CHAPTER 296, SB 346)κ
person is or will be entitled, if the petition is for the appointment of a guardian of the estate or a special guardian. If any money is paid or is payable to the proposed protected person by the United States through the Department of Veterans Affairs, the petition must so state.
(l) The name and address of any person or care provider having the care, custody or control of the proposed protected person.
(m) If the petitioner is not the spouse or natural child of the proposed protected person, a declaration explaining the relationship of the petitioner to the proposed protected person or to the family or friends of the proposed protected person, if any, and the interest, if any, of the petitioner in the appointment.
(n) Requests for any of the specific powers set forth in NRS 159.117 to 159.175, inclusive, necessary to enable the guardian to carry out the duties of the guardianship.
(o) If the guardianship is sought as the result of an investigation of a report of abuse, neglect, exploitation, isolation or abandonment of the proposed protected person, whether the referral was from a law enforcement agency or a state or county agency.
(p) Whether the proposed protected person or the proposed guardian is a party to any pending criminal or civil litigation.
(q) Whether the guardianship is sought for the purpose of initiating litigation.
(r) Whether the proposed protected person has executed a durable power of attorney for health care, a durable power of attorney for financial matters or a written nomination of guardian and, if so, who the named agents are for each document.
(s) Whether the proposed guardian has filed for or received protection under the federal bankruptcy laws within the immediately preceding 7 years.
(t) An attestation that information on less restrictive alternatives to guardianship has been provided to the proposed protected person.
3. Before the court makes a finding pursuant to NRS 159.054, a petitioner seeking a guardian for a proposed protected person must provide the court with an assessment of the needs of the proposed protected person completed by a licensed physician which identifies the limitations of capacity of the proposed protected person and how such limitations affect the ability of the proposed protected person to maintain his or her safety and basic needs [.] and which includes a determination of whether less restrictive alternatives to guardianship are available and sufficient to support the needs of the proposed protected person. The court may prescribe the form in which the assessment of the needs of the proposed protected person must be filed.
Sec. 5. NRS 159.081 is hereby amended to read as follows:
159.081 1. A guardian of the person shall make and file in the guardianship proceeding for review of the court a written report on the condition of the protected person and the exercise of authority and performance of duties by the guardian:
(a) Annually, not later than 60 days after the anniversary date of the appointment of the guardian;
(b) Within 10 days of moving a protected person to a secured residential long-term care facility; and
(c) At such other times as the court may order.
2. A report filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 1 must:
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1976 (CHAPTER 296, SB 346)κ
(a) Include a copy of the written recommendation upon which the transfer was made; and
(b) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6, be served, without limitation, on the protected person and any attorney for the protected person.
3. The court may prescribe the form for filing a report described in subsection 1. Such a report must include, without limitation:
(a) The physical condition of the protected person;
(b) The place of residence of the protected person;
(c) The name of all other persons living with the protected person unless the protected person is residing at a secured residential long-term care facility, group home, supportive living facility, home in which supported living arrangement services are provided, assisted living facility or other facility for long-term care; [and]
(d) An explanation as to why less restrictive alternatives to guardianship in lieu of the guardianship are not being considered; and
(e) Any other information required by the court.
4. The guardian of the person shall give to the guardian of the estate, if any, a copy of each report not later than 30 days after the date the report is filed with the court.
5. The court is not required to hold a hearing or enter an order regarding the report.
6. The court may waive the requirement set forth in paragraph (b) of subsection 2 that a report filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 1 must be served on a protected person upon a showing that such service is detrimental to the physical or mental health of the protected person.
7. As used in this section:
(a) Facility for long-term care has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 427A.028.
(b) Supported living arrangement services has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 435.3315.
Sec. 6. NRS 159.1905 is hereby amended to read as follows:
159.1905 1. A protected person, the guardian or another person may petition the court for the termination or modification of a guardianship. The petition must state or contain:
(a) The name and address of the petitioner.
(b) The relationship of the petitioner to the protected person.
(c) The name, age and address of the protected person, if the protected person is not the petitioner, or the date of death of the protected person if the protected person is deceased.
(d) The name and address of the guardian, if the guardian is not the petitioner.
(e) The reason for termination or modification.
(f) Whether the termination or modification is sought for a guardianship of the person, of the estate, or of the person and estate.
(g) A general description and the value of the remaining property of the protected person and the proposed disposition of that property.
2. Upon the filing of the petition, the court shall appoint an attorney to represent the protected person if:
(a) The protected person is unable to retain an attorney; or
(b) The court determines that the appointment is necessary to protect the interests of the protected person.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1977 (CHAPTER 296, SB 346)κ
3. The petitioner has the burden of proof to show by clear and convincing evidence that [the] :
(a) The termination or modification of the guardianship of the person, of the estate, or of the person and estate is in the best interests of the protected person [.] ; or
(b) The protected person has entered into a less restrictive alternative to guardianship in lieu of the guardianship of the person, of the estate, or of the person and estate, which is to be terminated.
4. The court shall issue a citation to the guardian and all interested persons requiring them to appear and show cause why termination or modification of the guardianship should not be granted.
5. If the court finds that the petitioner did not file a petition for termination or modification in good faith or in furtherance of the best interests of the protected person, the court may:
(a) Disallow the petitioner from petitioning the court for attorneys fees from the estate of the protected person; and
(b) Impose sanctions on the petitioner in an amount sufficient to reimburse the estate of the protected person for all or part of the expenses and for any other pecuniary losses which are incurred by the estate of the protected person and associated with the petition.
Sec. 6.5. NRS 159.2024 is hereby amended to read as follows:
159.2024 1. To transfer jurisdiction of a guardianship or conservatorship to this State, the guardian, conservator or other interested party must petition the court of this State for guardianship pursuant to NRS 159.1991 to 159.2029, inclusive, to accept guardianship in this State. The petition must include [a] :
(a) A certified copy of the other states provisional order of transfer [and proof] ;
(b) Proof that the protected person is physically present in, or is reasonably expected to move permanently to, this State [.] ;
(c) Proof that shows less restrictive alternatives to guardianship were considered; and
(d) An explanation as to why less restrictive alternatives to guardianship are not reasonable alternatives to the guardianship.
2. The court shall issue a provisional order granting a petition filed under subsection 1, unless:
(a) An objection is made and the objector establishes that transfer of the proceeding would be contrary to the interests of the protected person; [or]
(b) The guardian or petitioner is not qualified for appointment as a guardian in this State pursuant to NRS 159.0613 [.] ; or
(c) The court has previously denied a petition to transfer the guardianship or the conservatorship pursuant to subsection 6.
3. The court shall issue a final order granting guardianship upon filing of a final order issued by the other state terminating proceedings in that state and transferring the proceedings to this State.
4. Not later than 90 days after the issuance of a final order accepting transfer of a guardianship or conservatorship, the court shall determine whether the guardianship or conservatorship needs to be modified to conform to the laws of this State [.] , including, without limitation, chapter 162C of NRS.
5. In granting a petition under this section, the court shall recognize a guardianship or conservatorship order from the other state, including the determination of the incapacity of the protected person and the appointment of the guardian or conservator [.]
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1978 (CHAPTER 296, SB 346)κ
determination of the incapacity of the protected person and the appointment of the guardian or conservator [.] unless less restrictive alternatives to guardianship for the protected person were not considered, either in this State or the other state.
6. The court may deny a petition under this section if the court determines that less restrictive alternatives to guardianship were not considered either in this State or in the other state. If a petition under this section is denied pursuant to this subsection, such denial does not preclude the petitioner from filing a petition pursuant to NRS 159.044.
Sec. 7. NRS 159.328 is hereby amended to read as follows:
159.328 1. The Legislature hereby declares that, except as otherwise specifically provided by law, each proposed protected person has the right to have an attorney before a guardianship is imposed to ask the court for relief, and each protected person has the right to:
(a) Have an attorney at any time during a guardianship to ask the court for relief.
(b) Receive notice of all guardianship proceedings and all proceedings relating to a determination of capacity unless the court determines that the protected person lacks the capacity to comprehend such notice.
(c) Receive a copy of all documents filed in a guardianship proceeding.
(d) Have a family member, an interested party, a person of natural affection, an advocate for the protected person or a medical provider speak or raise any issues of concern on behalf of the protected person during a court hearing, either orally or in writing, including, without limitation, issues relating to a conflict with a guardian.
(e) Be educated about guardianships and ask questions and express concerns and complaints about a guardian and the actions of a guardian, either orally or in writing.
(f) Participate in developing a plan for his or her care, including, without limitation, managing his or her assets and personal property and determining his or her residence and the manner in which he or she will receive services.
(g) Have due consideration given to his or her current and previously stated personal desires, preferences for health care and medical treatment and religious and moral beliefs.
(h) Remain as independent as possible, including, without limitation, to have his or her preference honored regarding his or her residence and standard of living, either as expressed or demonstrated before a determination was made relating to capacity or as currently expressed, if the preference is reasonable under the circumstances.
(i) Be granted the greatest degree of freedom possible, consistent with the reasons for a guardianship, and exercise control of all aspects of his or her life that are not delegated to a guardian specifically by a court order.
(j) Engage in any activity that the court has not expressly reserved for a guardian, including, without limitation, voting, marrying or entering into a domestic partnership, traveling, working and having a drivers license.
(k) Be treated with respect and dignity.
(l) Be treated fairly by his or her guardian.
(m) Maintain privacy and confidentiality in personal matters.
(n) Receive telephone calls and personal mail and have visitors, unless his or her guardian and the court determine that particular correspondence or a particular visitor will cause harm to the protected person.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1979 (CHAPTER 296, SB 346)κ
(o) Receive timely, effective and appropriate health care and medical treatment that does not violate his or her rights.
(p) Have all services provided by a guardian at a reasonable rate of compensation and have a court review any requests for payment to avoid excessive or unnecessary fees or duplicative billing.
(q) Receive prudent financial management of his or her property and regular detailed reports of financial accounting, including, without limitation, reports on any investments or trusts that are held for his or her benefit and any expenditures or fees charged to his or her estate.
(r) Receive and control his or her salary, maintain a bank account and manage his or her personal money.
(s) Ask the court to:
(1) Review the management activity of a guardian if a dispute cannot be resolved.
(2) Continually review the need for a guardianship or modify or terminate a guardianship.
(3) Replace the guardian.
(4) Enter an order restoring his or her capacity at the earliest possible time.
(t) Be educated about less restrictive alternatives to guardianship.
2. The rights of a protected person set forth in subsection 1 do not abrogate any remedies provided by law. All such rights may be addressed in a guardianship proceeding or be enforced through a private right of action.
________
Senate Bill No. 293Senator Lange
CHAPTER 297
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to education; revising provisions relating to the compensation of student athletes for the use of their name, image or likeness; revising provisions relating to contracts for compensation for the use of the name, image or likeness of student athletes; making confidential certain information and contracts relating to the compensation of student athletes for the use of their name, image or likeness; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law prohibits a public or private institution that offers educational services beyond the secondary level from: (1) upholding or enforcing certain rules that prevent student athletes from being compensated for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete by an organization other than the institution or a national collegiate association; (2) compensating a current student athlete of the institution for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete; or (3) altering, withholding or otherwise reducing the amount of a scholarship awarded to a student athlete because the student athlete is compensated for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete by an organization other than the institution or a national collegiate athletic association. (NRS 398.045, 398.300) Section 1 of this bill eliminates these prohibitions.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1980 (CHAPTER 297, SB 293)κ
Existing law authorizes a student athlete to enter into a contract with an organization other than an institution or a national collegiate athletic association that provides for the student athlete to be compensated for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete. (NRS 398.310) Section 2 of this bill authorizes a student athlete to enter into such a contract with an institution or a national collegiate athletic association. Sections 2 and 2.5 of this bill provide that such contracts entered into by a student athlete and materials relating to such contracts are confidential and are not public records.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. NRS 398.300 is hereby amended to read as follows:
398.300 1. An institution shall not:
(a) Uphold or enforce any rule of a national collegiate athletic association that prevents a student athlete enrolled in the institution from being compensated for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete by an organization , [other than] the institution or a national collegiate athletic association;
(b) Except as otherwise provided by subsection 2, prevent a student athlete from being compensated for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete;
(c) Compensate a prospective [or current] student athlete of the institution for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete;
(d) Prevent a student athlete from obtaining professional services; or
(e) Alter, withhold or otherwise reduce the amount of a scholarship awarded to a student athlete solely because a student athlete is compensated for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete by an organization , [other than] the institution or a national collegiate athletic association or because the student athlete obtains professional services.
2. An institution may:
(a) Adopt a policy that imposes reasonable restrictions on a student athlete entering into a contract pursuant to NRS 398.310 that provides for the student athlete to be compensated for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete with an organization or person whose goods, services or mission are contrary to the mission of the institution; and
(b) Prohibit a student athlete from being compensated for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete if the use of the name, image or likeness is related to official activities of the institution or intercollegiate sports at the institution.
3. A national collegiate athletic association shall not:
(a) Prevent a student athlete enrolled at an institution from participating in intercollegiate sports solely because the student athlete is compensated for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete by an organization , [other than] the institution or the national collegiate athletic association;
(b) Prevent an institution from being a member of or participating in the activities of the national collegiate athletic association solely because a student athlete who is enrolled at the institution is compensated for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete by an organization , [other than] the institution or the national collegiate athletic association;
(c) Compensate a prospective [or current] student athlete of an institution for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete; or
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1981 (CHAPTER 297, SB 293)κ
(d) Prevent a student athlete from obtaining professional services.
4. As used in this section, professional services includes, without limitation, representation regarding contracts or other legal matters, including, without limitation, representation provided by an attorney or an athlete agent registered pursuant to chapter 398A of NRS.
Sec. 2. NRS 398.310 is hereby amended to read as follows:
398.310 1. A student athlete may enter into a contract with an organization , [other than] an institution or a national collegiate athletic association that provides for the student athlete to be compensated for the use of the name, image or likeness of the student athlete. A contract entered into pursuant to this subsection may not conflict with any provision of a contract between the student athlete and the institution in which the student athlete is enrolled.
2. A student athlete who enters into a contract pursuant to subsection 1 must disclose the contract to the institution in which the student athlete is enrolled.
3. If the institution in which the student athlete is enrolled alleges that a provision of a contract entered into pursuant to subsection 1 conflicts with a provision of a contract between the student athlete and the institution, the institution shall inform the student athlete and, if the student athlete has legal representation, the attorney of the student athlete of the alleged conflict.
4. The following records are confidential and are not public records pursuant to NRS 239.010:
(a) A contract entered into by a student athlete with an institution pursuant to subsection 1;
(b) A contract disclosed by a student athlete to an institution pursuant to subsection 2; and
(c) Any communications and materials relating to a contract:
(1) Entered into by a student athlete with an institution pursuant to subsection 1; and
(2) Disclosed by a student athlete to an institution pursuant to subsection 2.
Sec. 2.5. NRS 239.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
239.010 1. Except as otherwise provided in this section and NRS 1.4683, 1.4687, 1A.110, 3.2203, 41.0397, 41.071, 49.095, 49.293, 62D.420, 62D.440, 62E.516, 62E.620, 62H.025, 62H.030, 62H.170, 62H.220, 62H.320, 75A.100, 75A.150, 76.160, 78.152, 80.113, 81.850, 82.183, 86.246, 86.54615, 87.515, 87.5413, 87A.200, 87A.580, 87A.640, 88.3355, 88.5927, 88.6067, 88A.345, 88A.7345, 89.045, 89.251, 90.730, 91.160, 116.757, 116A.270, 116B.880, 118B.026, 119.260, 119.265, 119.267, 119.280, 119A.280, 119A.653, 119A.677, 119B.370, 119B.382, 120A.640, 120A.690, 125.130, 125B.140, 126.141, 126.161, 126.163, 126.730, 127.007, 127.057, 127.130, 127.140, 127.2817, 128.090, 130.312, 130.712, 136.050, 159.044, 159A.044, 164.041, 172.075, 172.245, 176.01334, 176.01385, 176.015, 176.0625, 176.09129, 176.156, 176A.630, 178.39801, 178.4715, 178.5691, 178.5717, 179.495, 179A.070, 179A.165, 179D.160, 180.600, 200.3771, 200.3772, 200.5095, 200.604, 202.3662, 205.4651, 209.392, 209.3923, 209.3925, 209.419, 209.429, 209.521, 211A.140, 213.010, 213.040, 213.095, 213.131, 217.105, 217.110, 217.464, 217.475, 218A.350, 218E.625, 218F.150, 218G.130, 218G.240, 218G.350, 218G.615, 224.240, 226.462, 226.796, 228.270, 228.450, 228.495, 228.570, 231.069, 231.1285, 231.1473, 232.1369, 233.190, 237.300, 239.0105, 239.0113, 239.014, 239B.026, 239B.030, 239B.040, 239B.050, 239C.140, 239C.210, 239C.230, 239C.250, 239C.270, 239C.420, 240.007, 241.020, 241.030, 241.039, 242.105, 244.264, 244.335, 247.540, 247.545, 247.550, 247.560, 250.087, 250.130, 250.140, 250.145, 250.150, 268.095, 268.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1982 (CHAPTER 297, SB 293)κ
239C.420, 240.007, 241.020, 241.030, 241.039, 242.105, 244.264, 244.335, 247.540, 247.545, 247.550, 247.560, 250.087, 250.130, 250.140, 250.145, 250.150, 268.095, 268.0978, 268.490, 268.910, 269.174, 271A.105, 281.195, 281.805, 281A.350, 281A.680, 281A.685, 281A.750, 281A.755, 281A.780, 284.4068, 284.4086, 286.110, 286.118, 287.0438, 289.025, 289.080, 289.387, 289.830, 293.4855, 293.5002, 293.503, 293.504, 293.558, 293.5757, 293.870, 293.906, 293.908, 293.909, 293.910, 293B.135, 293D.510, 331.110, 332.061, 332.351, 333.333, 333.335, 338.070, 338.1379, 338.1593, 338.1725, 338.1727, 348.420, 349.597, 349.775, 353.205, 353A.049, 353A.085, 353A.100, 353C.240, 353D.250, 360.240, 360.247, 360.255, 360.755, 361.044, 361.2242, 361.610, 365.138, 366.160, 368A.180, 370.257, 370.327, 372A.080, 378.290, 378.300, 379.0075, 379.008, 379.1495, 385A.830, 385B.100, 387.626, 387.631, 388.1455, 388.259, 388.501, 388.503, 388.513, 388.750, 388A.247, 388A.249, 391.033, 391.035, 391.0365, 391.120, 391.925, 392.029, 392.147, 392.264, 392.271, 392.315, 392.317, 392.325, 392.327, 392.335, 392.850, 393.045, 394.167, 394.16975, 394.1698, 394.447, 394.460, 394.465, 396.1415, 396.1425, 396.143, 396.159, 396.3295, 396.405, 396.525, 396.535, 396.9685, 398.310, 398A.115, 408.3885, 408.3886, 408.3888, 408.5484, 412.153, 414.280, 416.070, 422.2749, 422.305, 422A.342, 422A.350, 425.400, 427A.1236, 427A.872, 427A.940, 432.028, 432.205, 432B.175, 432B.280, 432B.290, 432B.4018, 432B.407, 432B.430, 432B.560, 432B.5902, 432C.140, 432C.150, 433.534, 433A.360, 439.4941, 439.4988, 439.5282, 439.840, 439.914, 439A.116, 439A.124, 439B.420, 439B.754, 439B.760, 439B.845, 440.170, 441A.195, 441A.220, 441A.230, 442.330, 442.395, 442.735, 442.774, 445A.665, 445B.570, 445B.7773, 449.209, 449.245, 449.4315, 449A.112, 450.140, 450B.188, 450B.805, 453.164, 453.720, 458.055, 458.280, 459.050, 459.3866, 459.555, 459.7056, 459.846, 463.120, 463.15993, 463.240, 463.3403, 463.3407, 463.790, 467.1005, 480.535, 480.545, 480.935, 480.940, 481.063, 481.091, 481.093, 482.170, 482.368, 482.5536, 483.340, 483.363, 483.575, 483.659, 483.800, 484A.469, 484B.830, 484B.833, 484E.070, 485.316, 501.344, 503.452, 522.040, 534A.031, 561.285, 571.160, 584.655, 587.877, 598.0964, 598.098, 598A.110, 598A.420, 599B.090, 603.070, 603A.210, 604A.303, 604A.710, 604D.500, 604D.600, 612.265, 616B.012, 616B.015, 616B.315, 616B.350, 618.341, 618.425, 622.238, 622.310, 623.131, 623A.137, 624.110, 624.265, 624.327, 625.425, 625A.185, 628.418, 628B.230, 628B.760, 629.043, 629.047, 629.069, 630.133, 630.2671, 630.2672, 630.2673, 630.2687, 630.30665, 630.336, 630A.327, 630A.555, 631.332, 631.368, 632.121, 632.125, 632.3415, 632.3423, 632.405, 633.283, 633.301, 633.427, 633.4715, 633.4716, 633.4717, 633.524, 634.055, 634.1303, 634.214, 634A.169, 634A.185, 634B.730, 635.111, 635.158, 636.262, 636.342, 637.085, 637.145, 637B.192, 637B.288, 638.087, 638.089, 639.183, 639.2485, 639.570, 640.075, 640.152, 640A.185, 640A.220, 640B.405, 640B.730, 640C.580, 640C.600, 640C.620, 640C.745, 640C.760, 640D.135, 640D.190, 640E.225, 640E.340, 641.090, 641.221, 641.2215, 641A.191, 641A.217, 641A.262, 641B.170, 641B.281, 641B.282, 641C.455, 641C.760, 641D.260, 641D.320, 642.524, 643.189, 644A.870, 645.180, 645.625, 645A.050, 645A.082, 645B.060, 645B.092, 645C.220, 645C.225, 645D.130, 645D.135, 645G.510, 645H.320, 645H.330, 647.0945, 647.0947, 648.033, 648.197, 649.065, 649.067, 652.126, 652.228, 653.900, 654.110, 656.105, 657A.510, 661.115, 665.130, 665.133, 669.275, 669.285, 669A.310, 670B.680, 671.365, 671.415, 673.450, 673.480, 675.380, 676A.340, 676A.370, 677.243, 678A.470, 678C.710, 678C.800, 679B.122, 679B.124, 679B.152, 679B.159, 679B.190, 679B.285, 679B.690, 680A.270, 681A.440, 681B.260, 681B.410, 681B.540, 683A.0873, 685A.077, 686A.289, 686B.170, 686C.306, 687A.060, 687A.115, 687B.404, 687C.010, 688C.230, 688C.480, 688C.490, 689A.696, 692A.117, 692C.190, 692C.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1983 (CHAPTER 297, SB 293)κ
681B.260, 681B.410, 681B.540, 683A.0873, 685A.077, 686A.289, 686B.170, 686C.306, 687A.060, 687A.115, 687B.404, 687C.010, 688C.230, 688C.480, 688C.490, 689A.696, 692A.117, 692C.190, 692C.3507, 692C.3536, 692C.3538, 692C.354, 692C.420, 693A.480, 693A.615, 696B.550, 696C.120, 703.196, 704B.325, 706.1725, 706A.230, 710.159, 711.600, sections 35, 38 and 41 of chapter 478, Statutes of Nevada 2011 and section 2 of chapter 391, Statutes of Nevada 2013 and unless otherwise declared by law to be confidential, all public books and public records of a governmental entity must be open at all times during office hours to inspection by any person, and may be fully copied or an abstract or memorandum may be prepared from those public books and public records. Any such copies, abstracts or memoranda may be used to supply the general public with copies, abstracts or memoranda of the records or may be used in any other way to the advantage of the governmental entity or of the general public. This section does not supersede or in any manner affect the federal laws governing copyrights or enlarge, diminish or affect in any other manner the rights of a person in any written book or record which is copyrighted pursuant to federal law.
2. A governmental entity may not reject a book or record which is copyrighted solely because it is copyrighted.
3. A governmental entity that has legal custody or control of a public book or record shall not deny a request made pursuant to subsection 1 to inspect or copy or receive a copy of a public book or record on the basis that the requested public book or record contains information that is confidential if the governmental entity can redact, delete, conceal or separate, including, without limitation, electronically, the confidential information from the information included in the public book or record that is not otherwise confidential.
4. If requested, a governmental entity shall provide a copy of a public record in an electronic format by means of an electronic medium. Nothing in this subsection requires a governmental entity to provide a copy of a public record in an electronic format or by means of an electronic medium if:
(a) The public record:
(1) Was not created or prepared in an electronic format; and
(2) Is not available in an electronic format; or
(b) Providing the public record in an electronic format or by means of an electronic medium would:
(1) Give access to proprietary software; or
(2) Require the production of information that is confidential and that cannot be redacted, deleted, concealed or separated from information that is not otherwise confidential.
5. An officer, employee or agent of a governmental entity who has legal custody or control of a public record:
(a) Shall not refuse to provide a copy of that public record in the medium that is requested because the officer, employee or agent has already prepared or would prefer to provide the copy in a different medium.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in NRS 239.030, shall, upon request, prepare the copy of the public record and shall not require the person who has requested the copy to prepare the copy himself or herself.
Sec. 3. This act becomes effective on July 1, 2025.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1984κ
Senate Bill No. 235Senator Hansen
CHAPTER 298
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to wildlife; authorizing under certain circumstances a person to take shed antlers or a skull, head or bones of a wildlife species without a tag for non-commercial purposes; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
In addition to regular licenses or permits to hunt, fish or trap, existing law provides for additional licenses, known as tags, to hunt, trap or fish designated species of wildlife. (NRS 502.130) Under existing law, whenever tags are required for any species of wildlife, it is unlawful to possess any of that species without the correct tag. (NRS 502.150) Section 3 of this bill authorizes a person, for non-commercial purposes and without the required tag, to take shed antlers or a skull or head, with or without antlers or horns attached, or bones from the carcass of any wildlife species for which a tag is required under certain circumstances.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Sections 1 and 2. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 3. NRS 502.150 is hereby amended to read as follows:
502.150 1. [Whenever] Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, whenever tags are required for any species of wildlife, it is unlawful to have any of that species in possession without the correct tag. Before transporting any species of wildlife, or parts thereof, for which a tag is required, the holder of:
(a) A paper tag must attach the tag to the animal; or
(b) An electronic tag must validate the tag in accordance with the regulations adopted by the Commission pursuant to NRS 502.160.
Κ Possession of any species of wildlife, or parts thereof, for which a tag is required without an attached or validated tag, as applicable, is prima facie evidence that the game is illegally taken and possessed.
2. It is unlawful to remove any tag from any wildlife for reuse or to be in possession of excess tags or used tags.
3. Whenever tags are required for any species of fur-bearing mammal, possession of a pelt of that species without the tag attached thereto or validated, as applicable, is prima facie evidence that such pelt is illegally taken and possessed.
4. A person may, for non-commercial purposes and without obtaining the required tag, take shed antlers or a skull or head, with or without antlers or horns attached, or bones from the carcass of any species of wildlife for which a tag is required if such a part of the carcass is exposed, dry bone resulting from natural processes, including, without limitation, scavenging, decomposition or weathering.
Sec. 4. (Deleted by amendment.)
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1985κ
Senate Bill No. 213Senators Stone, Krasner, Steinbeck, Buck; and Ellison
CHAPTER 299
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to crimes; expanding the crime of unlawful dissemination of an intimate image to include certain acts relating to the distribution of certain photorealistic images, digital images, computer images and computer-generated images; providing an exception to the crime of unlawful dissemination of an intimate image for persons who are less than 18 years of age; revising the definition of intimate image; providing penalties; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law establishes the crime of unlawful dissemination of an intimate image and provides that a person who unlawfully disseminates an intimate image of a person is guilty of a category D felony. (NRS 200.780) Under existing law, a person is also guilty of a category D felony if the person makes certain demands from a person in exchange for removing an intimate image from public view. (NRS 200.785) Section 1 of this bill expands the definition of intimate image for the purpose of these provisions to include certain photorealistic images, digital images, computer images and computer-generated images. (NRS 200.770) Section 1 also eliminates an exception under existing law that excludes from the definition of intimate image an image depicting a public figure.
Under existing law, a person commits the crime of unlawful dissemination of an intimate image when, with the intent to harass, harm or terrorize another person, the person electronically disseminates or sells an intimate image which depicts the other person and the other person: (1) did not give prior consent to the electronic dissemination or sale; (2) had a reasonable expectation that the intimate image would be kept private and would not be made visible to the public; and (3) was at least 18 years of age when the intimate image was created. (NRS 200.780) Section 2 of this bill expands the scope of the crime to also include the distribution of certain photorealistic images, digital images, computer images and computer-generated images. Specifically, section 2 provides that a person commits the crime of unlawful dissemination of an intimate image when, with the intent to harass, harm or terrorize another person, the person knowingly distributes or causes to be distributed an intimate image if: (1) the image is created in a way that would lead a reasonable person to believe it is an actual depiction of the person depicted; and (2) the other person did not give prior consent to the distribution of the image. Section 2 further provides that the prohibition against disseminating an intimate image, both under existing law and as expanded by section 2, does not apply if the person who commits the violation is less than 18 years of age.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. NRS 200.770 is hereby amended to read as follows:
200.770 Intimate image:
1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, includes, without limitation [, a] :
(a) A photograph, film, videotape or other recorded image which depicts:
[(a)] (1) The genitals, anus or fully exposed nipple of the female breast of another person, including through transparent clothing; or
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1986 (CHAPTER 299, SB 213)κ
[(b)] (2) One or more persons engaged in sexual conduct [.] ; or
(b) A photorealistic image, digital image, computer image or computer-generated image that a reasonable person would believe depicts:
(1) The genitals, anus or fully exposed nipple of the female breast of another identifiable person; or
(2) One or more identifiable persons engaged in sexual conduct.
2. Does not include an image which would otherwise constitute an intimate image pursuant to subsection 1, but in which the person depicted in the image:
(a) Is not clearly identifiable; or
(b) Voluntarily exposed himself or herself in a public or commercial setting . [; or
(c) Is a public figure.]
Sec. 2. NRS 200.780 is hereby amended to read as follows:
200.780 1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, a person commits the crime of unlawful dissemination of an intimate image when, with the intent to harass, harm or terrorize another person, the person [electronically] :
(a) Electronically disseminates or sells an intimate image which depicts the other person and the other person:
[(a)] (1) Did not give prior consent to the electronic dissemination or the sale of the intimate image;
[(b)] (2) Had a reasonable expectation that the intimate image would be kept private and would not be made visible to the public; and
[(c)] (3) Was at least 18 years of age when the intimate image was created [.] ; or
(b) Knowingly distributes or causes to be distributed an intimate image described in paragraph (b) of subsection 1 of NRS 200.770 which depicts the other person if:
(1) The intimate image is created in a way that would lead a reasonable person to believe it is an actual depiction of the other person; and
(2) The other person did not give prior consent to the distribution of the image.
2. A person who commits the crime of unlawful dissemination of an intimate image is guilty of a category D felony and shall be punished as provided in NRS 193.130.
3. The provisions of this section do not apply to [the electronic] :
(a) The dissemination or distribution of an intimate image for the purpose of:
[(a)] (1) A legitimate public interest;
[(b)] (2) Reporting unlawful conduct;
[(c)] (3) Any lawful law enforcement or correctional activity;
[(d)] (4) Investigation or prosecution of a violation of this section; or
[(e)] (5) Preparation for or use in any legal proceeding.
(b) A person who is less than 18 years of age.
4. A person who commits the crime of unlawful dissemination of an intimate image is not considered a sex offender and is not subject to registration or community notification as a sex offender pursuant to NRS 179D.010 to 179D.550, inclusive.
Secs. 3 and 4. (Deleted by amendment.)
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1987κ
Senate Bill No. 201Senators Pazina, Neal, Flores, Scheible, Krasner; Cannizzaro, Cruz-Crawford, Daly, Doρate, Dondero Loop, Ellison, Lange, Nguyen, Ohrenschall, Rogich, Steinbeck, Stone and Taylor
Joint Sponsors: Assemblymembers Roth, Nguyen; and Gallant
CHAPTER 300
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to religious and cultural expression; prohibiting a unit-owners association, a units owner who rents or leases his or her unit or a landlord from imposing certain restrictions on the display of religious or cultural items; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law requires the unit-owners association of a common-interest community to adopt bylaws and authorizes an association to amend bylaws and adopt rules and regulations concerning the community. (NRS 116.3102) Section 1 of this bill restricts, with certain exceptions, an association or units owner who rents or leases his or her unit from prohibiting a units owner or occupant of a unit from engaging in the display of religious or cultural items. Sections 1.3 and 1.7 of this bill impose a similar restriction on landlords.
For the purposes of these restrictions, sections 1 and 1.3 define display of religious or cultural items to mean, in general, an item displayed or affixed in or on a unit or dwelling, as applicable, because of sincerely held religious or cultural beliefs, practices or traditions.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Chapter 116 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2 or 3, the executive board of an association or a units owner who rents or leases his or her unit shall not and the governing documents of an association or rental agreement must not prohibit a units owner or an occupant of a unit from engaging in the display of religious or cultural items within such physical portion of the common-interest community as that owner or occupant has a right to occupy and use exclusively.
2. The provisions of this section do not:
(a) Apply to a display of religious or cultural items that:
(1) Has a total size that is greater than 36 by 12 square inches or that exceeds the size of the door on which or whose frame on which the display of religious or cultural items is displayed or affixed;
(2) Has a total size that is greater than 36 by 12 square inches that is immediately adjacent or affixed to the entry of a unit;
(3) Threatens the health, safety or welfare of the public;
(4) Hinders the opening or closing of any entry door;
(5) Violates any federal, state or local law;
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1988 (CHAPTER 300, SB 201)κ
(6) Promotes discriminatory behavior; or
(7) Contains graphics, language or any display that is obscene or otherwise illegal.
(b) Preclude an association or a units owner who rents or leases his or her unit from adopting, and do not preclude the governing documents of an association or a rental agreement from setting forth, rules that reasonably restrict the placement and manner of the display of religious or cultural items by a units owner or an occupant of a unit.
3. An association or a units owner who is performing or causing to be performed any maintenance, repair or replacement of an entry door or doorframe of a unit may:
(a) Remove a display of religious or cultural items on the entry door or doorframe during the time the work is being performed in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. An association or units owner shall, before temporarily removing a display of religious or cultural items pursuant to this paragraph, provide written notice at least 7 days before the work is performed, except in an emergency, to the affected units owner or occupant of the unit. If, following receipt of such written notice, the units owner or occupant consents to the removal of the display of religious or cultural items or fails, within a reasonable period, to respond to the written notice, then the association or units owner may temporarily remove the display of religious or cultural items. The association or units owner shall store the item or items with respect and in accordance with the appropriate religious or cultural practice, tradition or custom and document compliance with this paragraph. After the work is completed, the association or units owner shall return the display of religious or cultural items to the entry door or doorframe within 72 hours after the work is completed.
(b) Require the units owner or an occupant of the unit to remove a display of religious or cultural items on the entry door or doorframe during the time the work is being performed in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. An association or units owner shall, before requiring a units owner or occupant of a unit to temporarily remove a display of religious or cultural items pursuant to this paragraph, provide written notice of at least 7 days before the work is performed, except in an emergency, to the affected units owner or occupant. After the work is completed, the units owner or occupant must be permitted to return the display of religious or cultural items to the entry door or doorframe within 72 hours after the work is completed.
4. In any action commenced to enforce the provisions of this section, the prevailing party is entitled to recover reasonable attorneys fees and costs.
5. As used in this section:
(a) Display of religious or cultural items means an item displayed or affixed in or on a unit because of sincerely held religious or cultural beliefs, practices or traditions.
(b) Rental agreement means an oral or written agreement between a units owner and another person for the use and occupancy of a unit.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1989 (CHAPTER 300, SB 201)κ
Sec. 1.3. Chapter 118A of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2 or 3, a landlord or an agent or employee of a landlord shall not, and the rental agreement must not, prohibit a tenant from engaging in the display of religious or cultural items on the entry door or doorframe of the dwelling or otherwise in or on the dwelling.
2. The provisions of this section do not:
(a) Apply to a display of religious or cultural items that:
(1) Has a total size that is greater than 36 by 12 square inches or that exceeds the size of the door on which or whose frame on which the display of religious or cultural items is displayed or affixed;
(2) Has a total size that is greater than 36 by 12 square inches that is immediately adjacent or affixed to the entry of a dwelling;
(3) Threatens the health, safety or welfare of the public;
(4) Hinders the opening or closing of any entry door;
(5) Violates any federal, state or local law;
(6) Promotes discriminatory behavior; or
(7) Contains graphics, language or any display that is obscene or otherwise illegal.
(b) Preclude a landlord or an agent or employee of a landlord from adopting policies that reasonably restrict the placement and manner of the display of religious or cultural items by a tenant.
3. A landlord or an agent or employee of a landlord who is performing or causing to be performed any maintenance, repair or replacement of an entry door or doorframe of the dwelling may:
(a) Remove a display of religious or cultural items on the entry door or doorframe during the time the work is being performed in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. A landlord or an agent or employee of a landlord shall, before temporarily removing a display of religious or cultural items pursuant to this paragraph, provide written notice at least 7 days before the work is performed, except in an emergency, to the tenant. If, following receipt of such written notice, the tenant consents to the removal of the display of religious or cultural items or fails, within a reasonable period, to respond to the written notice, then the landlord or the agent or employee of the landlord may temporarily remove the display of religious or cultural items. A landlord or an agent or employee of a landlord shall store the item or items with respect and in accordance with the appropriate religious or cultural practice, tradition or custom and document compliance with this paragraph. After the work is completed, the landlord or the agent or employee of the landlord shall return the display of religious or cultural items to the entry door or doorframe within 72 hours after the work is completed.
(b) Require the tenant to remove a display of religious or cultural items on the entry door or doorframe during the time the work is being performed in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. A landlord or an agent or employee of a landlord shall, before requiring a tenant to temporarily remove a display of religious or cultural items pursuant to this paragraph, provide written notice at least 7 days before the work is performed, except in an emergency, to the tenant. After the work is completed, the tenant must be permitted to return the display of religious or cultural items to the entry door or doorframe within 72 hours after the work is completed.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1990 (CHAPTER 300, SB 201)κ
4. In any action commenced to enforce the provisions of this section, the prevailing party is entitled to recover reasonable attorneys fees and costs.
5. As used in this section, display of religious or cultural items means an item displayed or affixed in or on the dwelling because of sincerely held religious or cultural beliefs, practices or traditions.
Sec. 1.7. NRS 118A.200 is hereby amended to read as follows:
118A.200 1. Any written agreement for the use and occupancy of a dwelling unit or premises must be signed by the landlord or his or her agent and the tenant or his or her agent.
2. The landlord shall provide one copy of any written agreement described in subsection 1 to the tenant free of cost at the time the agreement is executed and, upon request of the tenant, provide additional copies of any such agreement to the tenant within a reasonable time. The landlord may charge a reasonable fee for providing the additional copies.
3. Any written rental agreement must contain, but is not limited to, provisions relating to the following subjects:
(a) Duration of the agreement.
(b) Amount of rent and the manner and time of its payment.
(c) Occupancy by children or pets.
(d) Services included with the dwelling rental.
(e) Fees which are required and the purposes for which they are required.
(f) Deposits which are required and the conditions for their refund.
(g) Charges which may be required for late or partial payment of rent or for return of any dishonored check.
(h) Inspection rights of the landlord.
(i) A listing of persons or numbers of persons who are to occupy the dwelling.
(j) Respective responsibilities of the landlord and the tenant as to the payment of utility charges.
(k) A signed record of the inventory and condition of the premises under the exclusive custody and control of the tenant.
(l) A summary of the provisions of NRS 202.470.
(m) Information regarding the procedure pursuant to which a tenant may report to the appropriate authorities:
(1) A nuisance.
(2) A violation of a building, safety or health code or regulation.
(n) Information regarding the right of the tenant to engage in the display of the flag of the United States, as set forth in NRS 118A.325.
(o) Information regarding the right of the tenant to engage in the display of religious or cultural items, as set forth in section 1.3 of this act.
4. In addition to the provisions required by subsection 3, any written rental agreement for a single-family residence which is not signed by an authorized agent of the landlord who at the time of signing holds a permit to engage in property management pursuant to chapter 645 of NRS must contain a disclosure at the top of the first page of the agreement, in a font size at least two times larger than any other font size in the agreement, which states that:
(a) There are rebuttable presumptions in NRS 205.0813 and 205.0817 that the tenant does not have lawful occupancy of the dwelling unless the agreement:
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1991 (CHAPTER 300, SB 201)κ
(1) Is notarized or is signed by an authorized agent of the landlord who at the time of signing holds a permit to engage in property management pursuant to chapter 645 of NRS; and
(2) Includes the current address and telephone number of the landlord or his or her authorized representative; and
(b) The agreement is valid and enforceable against the landlord and the tenant regardless of whether the agreement:
(1) Is notarized or is signed by an authorized agent of the landlord who at the time of signing holds a permit to engage in property management pursuant to chapter 645 of NRS; or
(2) Includes the current address and telephone number of the landlord or his or her authorized representative.
5. The absence of a written agreement raises a disputable presumption that:
(a) There are no restrictions on occupancy by children or pets.
(b) Maintenance and waste removal services are provided without charge to the tenant.
(c) No charges for partial or late payments of rent or for dishonored checks are paid by the tenant.
(d) Other than normal wear, the premises will be returned in the same condition as when the tenancy began.
6. It is unlawful for a landlord or any person authorized to enter into a rental agreement on his or her behalf to use any written agreement which does not conform to the provisions of this section, and any provision in an agreement which contravenes the provisions of this section is void.
7. As used in this section, single-family residence means a structure that is comprised of not more than four units. The term does not include a manufactured home as defined in NRS 118B.015.
Sec. 2. 1. Any provision contained in the governing documents of an association or in a rental agreement or policy of a units owner who rents or leases his or her unit or in a rental agreement or policy of a landlord which is in effect on July 1, 2025, and which is contrary to the provisions of this act is void and unenforceable.
2. Any provision contained in the governing documents of an association which is contrary to the provisions of this act shall be deemed, as provided in subsection 1 of NRS 116.1206, to conform with the provisions of this act by operation of law, and an association is not required to amend the governing documents to conform to the provisions of this act.
3. On or before October 1, 2025, each units owner who rents or leases his or her unit and each landlord shall review and amend the policies of the units owner or landlord, as applicable, as necessary to ensure compliance with the provisions of this act.
4. A units owner who rents or leases his or her unit or a landlord shall review any rental agreement that is in effect on July 1, 2025, to ensure compliance with the provisions of this act. On or before the date for renewal of such a rental agreement, the units owner or landlord shall remove any provision of the agreement that is void and unenforceable pursuant to subsection 1.
5. As used in this section:
(a) Association has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 116.011.
(b) Executive board has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 116.045.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1992 (CHAPTER 300, SB 201)κ
(c) Governing documents has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 116.049.
(d) Landlord has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 118A.100.
(e) Rental agreement means an oral or written agreement between a units owner and another person for the use and occupancy of a unit or between a landlord and a tenant for the use and occupancy of a dwelling as defined in NRS 118A.080, as applicable.
(f) Unit has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 116.093.
(g) Units owner has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 116.095.
Sec. 3. This act becomes effective on July 1, 2025.
________
Senate Bill No. 140Senators Ohrenschall; and Krasner
Joint Sponsor: Assemblymember Hansen
CHAPTER 301
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to juvenile justice; expanding the scope of a program established by the juvenile court for the treatment of children diagnosed with or suspected to have autism spectrum disorders to include children diagnosed with or suspected to have certain other neurobehavioral disorders; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law authorizes the juvenile court to establish an appropriate program for the treatment of children diagnosed with or suspected to have autism spectrum disorders and prescribes the criteria for eligibility to participate in such a program. (NRS 62B.700) This bill: (1) expands the scope of the program to include children diagnosed with or suspected to have neurobehavioral disorders associated with prenatal exposure to alcohol or a controlled substance; and (2) authorizes the juvenile court to assign a child who is diagnosed with or suspected to have any such neurobehavioral disorder to the program under certain circumstances.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. NRS 62B.700 is hereby amended to read as follows:
62B.700 1. The juvenile court may establish an appropriate program for the treatment of children diagnosed with or suspected to have autism spectrum disorders or neurobehavioral disorders associated with prenatal exposure to alcohol or a controlled substance to which it may assign a child who is alleged or adjudicated to have committed a delinquent act if the child:
(a) Is diagnosed with, including, without limitation, through the use of a standardized assessment, or suspected to have an autism spectrum disorder [;] or neurobehavioral disorder associated with prenatal exposure to alcohol or a controlled substance;
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1993 (CHAPTER 301, SB 140)κ
(b) Would benefit from assignment to the program; and
(c) Is not ineligible for assignment to the program pursuant to any other provision of law.
2. The assignment of a child who is alleged or adjudicated to have committed a delinquent act to a program pursuant to this section must:
(a) Include:
(1) The terms and conditions for successful completion of the program; and
(2) The terms and conditions of the informal supervision or probation of the child, if applicable.
(b) Provide for progress reports at intervals set by the juvenile court to ensure that the child is making satisfactory progress towards completion of the program.
3. As used in this section [, autism] :
(a) Autism spectrum disorder means a condition that meets the diagnostic criteria for autism spectrum disorder published in the current edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders published by the American Psychiatric Association or the edition thereof that was in effect at the time the condition was diagnosed or determined.
(b) Neurobehavioral disorder associated with prenatal exposure to alcohol or a controlled substance means a condition that meets the diagnostic criteria for a neurobehavioral disorder associated with prenatal exposure to alcohol or controlled substances published in the current edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders published by the American Psychiatric Association or the edition thereof that was in effect at the time the condition was diagnosed or determined. The term includes, without limitation, fetal alcohol spectrum disorders and neonatal abstinence syndrome.
________
Senate Bill No. 115Senators Cruz-Crawford and Doρate
Joint Sponsor: Assemblymember Moore
CHAPTER 302
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to education; authorizing the board of trustees of a school district or governing body of a charter school to provide a stipend to certain teachers who teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education; requiring information concerning such stipends to be included in certain reports prepared by the board of trustees of each school district and the governing body of each charter school; requiring the Commission on Professional Standards in Education to adopt regulations requiring teachers to hold an endorsement to teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1994 (CHAPTER 302, SB 115)κ
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law creates the Commission on Professional Standards in Education and requires the Commission to adopt regulations prescribing the qualifications for licensing teachers and other educational personnel. (NRS 391.011, 391.019) Under existing law, such regulations must include a requirement that to be eligible to teach in a field of specialization, a teacher is required to obtain from the Department of Education an endorsement in that field of specialization, unless the Superintendent of Public Instruction approves a request submitted by the board of trustees of a school district to employ licensed teachers who do not hold an endorsement to teach in a subject area for which there is a shortage of teachers at a public school within the district. (NRS 391.019, 391.125) Existing regulations: (1) require that to teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education, a person must hold an endorsement issued by the Department to teach pupils in a program of bilingual education and pass an examination or assessment to demonstrate language proficiency; and (2) establish the requirements for a person to obtain such an endorsement. (NAC 391.059, 391.242) Section 4 of this bill specifically requires the regulations adopted by the Commission to include a requirement that to teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education, a person must hold an endorsement issued by the Department to teach pupils in a program of bilingual education. Section 3 of this bill authorizes the board of trustees of a school district or the governing body of a charter school to provide a stipend of $2,500 each school year to each teacher who is assigned to teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education and who: (1) holds an endorsement to teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education; or (2) is currently enrolled in a course of study or program of preparation that will satisfy the educational requirements to obtain an endorsement to teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education and is authorized by law to teach pupils enrolled in such a program. If such a stipend is provided by a school district which has more than 100,000 pupils enrolled in its public schools (currently Clark County School District) or a charter school, section 3 requires such a stipend to be paid out of the budget of the local school precinct or charter school at which the teacher receiving the stipend is employed. For the purposes of sections 3 and 4, a program of bilingual education is defined as a program of instruction for English learners in which pupils are taught the English language and the content of other courses of study is taught in the pupils primary language.
Existing law requires the board of trustees of each school district and the governing body of each charter school to submit an annual report to certain entities that includes certain information on budgets and expenditures. (NRS 387.303, 388A.345) Sections 1 and 2 of this bill require such a report to additionally include information on the number of employees who received the stipend described in section 3 in the preceding and then-current fiscal years.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. NRS 387.303 is hereby amended to read as follows:
387.303 1. Not later than November 1 of each year, the board of trustees of each school district shall submit to the Superintendent of Public Instruction and the Department of Taxation a report which includes the following information:
(a) For each fund within the school district, including, without limitation, the school districts general fund and any special revenue fund which receives state money, the total number and salaries of licensed and nonlicensed persons whose salaries are paid from the fund and who are employed by the school district in full-time positions or in part-time positions added together to represent full-time positions. Information must be provided for the current school year based upon the school districts final budget, including any amendments and augmentations thereto, and for the preceding school year.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1995 (CHAPTER 302, SB 115)κ
provided for the current school year based upon the school districts final budget, including any amendments and augmentations thereto, and for the preceding school year. An employee must be categorized as filling an instructional, administrative, instructional support or other position.
(b) The school districts actual expenditures in the fiscal year immediately preceding the report.
(c) The school districts proposed expenditures for the current fiscal year.
(d) The schedule of salaries for licensed employees in the current school year and a statement of whether the negotiations regarding salaries for the current school year have been completed. If the negotiations have not been completed at the time the schedule of salaries is submitted, the board of trustees shall submit a supplemental report to the Superintendent of Public Instruction upon completion of negotiations or the determination of an arbitrator concerning the negotiations that includes the schedule of salaries agreed to or required by the arbitrator.
(e) The number of employees who received an increase in salary pursuant to NRS 391.161, 391.162 or 391.163 for the current and preceding fiscal years. If the board of trustees is required to pay an increase in salary retroactively pursuant to NRS 391.161, the board of trustees shall submit a supplemental report to the Superintendent of Public Instruction not later than February 15 of the year in which the retroactive payment was made that includes the number of teachers to whom an increase in salary was paid retroactively.
(f) The number of employees eligible for health insurance within the school district for the current and preceding fiscal years and the amount paid for health insurance for each such employee during those years.
(g) The rates for fringe benefits, excluding health insurance, paid by the school district for its licensed employees in the preceding and current fiscal years.
(h) The amount paid for extra duties, supervision of extracurricular activities and supplemental pay and the number of employees receiving that pay in the preceding and current fiscal years.
(i) The number of employees who received a stipend pursuant to section 3 of this act in the preceding and current fiscal years.
2. On or before November 25 of each year, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall submit to the Office of Finance and the Fiscal Analysis Division of the Legislative Counsel Bureau, in a format approved by the Director of the Office of Finance, a compilation of the reports made by each school district pursuant to subsection 1.
3. In preparing the agency biennial budget request for the State Education Fund for submission to the Office of Finance, the Superintendent of Public Instruction:
(a) Shall compile the information from the most recent compilation of reports submitted pursuant to subsection 2; and
(b) May consider the cost of enhancements to existing programs or the projected cost of proposed new educational programs, regardless of whether those enhancements or new programs are included in the adjusted base per pupil funding for inclusion in the biennial budget request to the Office of Finance.
4. The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall, in the compilation required by subsection 2, reconcile the revenues of the school districts with the apportionment received by those districts from the State Education Fund for the preceding year.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1996 (CHAPTER 302, SB 115)κ
5. The request prepared pursuant to subsection 3 must:
(a) Be presented by the Superintendent of Public Instruction to such standing committees of the Legislature as requested by the standing committees for the purposes of developing educational programs and providing appropriations for those programs; and
(b) Provide for a direct comparison of appropriations to the proposed budget of the Governor submitted pursuant to subsection 4 of NRS 353.230.
Sec. 2. NRS 388A.345 is hereby amended to read as follows:
388A.345 1. On or before November 1 of each year, the governing body of each charter school shall submit to the sponsor of the charter school, the Superintendent of Public Instruction and the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmission to the Majority Leader of the Senate and the Speaker of the Assembly a report that includes:
(a) A written description of the progress of the charter school in achieving the mission and goals of the charter school set forth in its application.
(b) For each fund maintained by the charter school, including, without limitation, the general fund of the charter school and any special revenue fund which receives state money, the total number and salaries of licensed and nonlicensed persons whose salaries are paid from the fund and who are employed by the governing body in full-time positions or in part-time positions added together to represent full-time positions. Information must be provided for the current school year based upon the final budget of the charter school, including any amendments and augmentations thereto, and for the preceding school year. An employee must be categorized as filling an instructional, administrative, instructional support or other position.
(c) The actual expenditures of the charter school in the fiscal year immediately preceding the report.
(d) The proposed expenditures of the charter school for the current fiscal year.
(e) The salary schedule for licensed employees and nonlicensed teachers in the current school year and a statement of whether salary negotiations for the current school year have been completed. If salary negotiations have not been completed at the time the salary schedule is submitted, the governing body shall submit a supplemental report to the Superintendent of Public Instruction upon completion of negotiations.
(f) The number of employees eligible for health insurance within the charter school for the current and preceding fiscal years and the amount paid for health insurance for each such employee during those years.
(g) The rates for fringe benefits, excluding health insurance, paid by the charter school for its licensed employees in the preceding and current fiscal years.
(h) The amount paid for extra duties, supervision of extracurricular activities and supplemental pay and the number of employees receiving that pay in the preceding and current fiscal years.
(i) The number of employees who received a stipend pursuant to section 3 of this act in the preceding and current fiscal years.
2. On or before November 25 of each year, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall submit to the Office of Finance and the Fiscal Analysis Division of the Legislative Counsel Bureau, in a format approved by the Director of the Office of Finance, a compilation of the reports made by each governing body pursuant to subsection 1.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1997 (CHAPTER 302, SB 115)κ
3. The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall, in the compilation required by subsection 2, reconcile the revenues and expenditures of the charter schools with the apportionment received by those schools from the State Education Fund for the preceding year.
Sec. 3. Chapter 391 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. Each school year, the board of trustees of a school district or the governing body of a charter school may provide a stipend in the amount of $2,500 to each teacher who is assigned to teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education and:
(a) Holds an endorsement to teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education; or
(b) Is currently enrolled in a course of study or program of preparation to teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education, the completion of which will satisfy the educational requirements to obtain an endorsement to teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education established by the Commission pursuant to NRS 391.019, and is authorized by law to teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education notwithstanding the regulations adopted by the Commission pursuant to paragraph (n) of subsection 1 of NRS 391.019.
2. A teacher may not receive a stipend pursuant to this section more than once per school year.
3. Any stipend provided to a teacher who is employed at a local school precinct in a large school district or a charter school must be paid from the budget of the local school precinct or charter school, as applicable.
4. As used in this section:
(a) Large school district has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 388G.530.
(b) Local school precinct has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 388G.535.
(c) Program of bilingual education means a program of instruction for English learners in which pupils are taught the English language and the content of other courses of study is taught using the pupils primary language.
Sec. 4. NRS 391.019 is hereby amended to read as follows:
391.019 1. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 391.027, the Commission shall adopt regulations:
(a) Prescribing the qualifications for licensing teachers and other educational personnel and the procedures for the issuance and renewal of those licenses. The regulations:
(1) Must include, without limitation, the qualifications for licensing teachers and administrators pursuant to an alternative route to licensure which provides that the required education and training may be provided by any qualified provider which has been approved by the Commission, including, without limitation, institutions of higher education and other providers that operate independently of an institution of higher education. The regulations adopted pursuant to this subparagraph must:
(I) Establish the requirements for approval as a qualified provider;
(II) Require a qualified provider to be selective in its acceptance of students;
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1998 (CHAPTER 302, SB 115)κ
(III) Require a qualified provider to provide in-person or virtual supervised, school-based experiences and ongoing support for its students, such as mentoring and coaching;
(IV) Significantly limit the amount of course work required or provide for the waiver of required course work for students who achieve certain scores on tests;
(V) Allow for the completion in 2 years or less of the education and training required under the alternative route to licensure;
(VI) Provide that a person who has completed the education and training required under the alternative route to licensure and who has satisfied all other requirements for licensure may apply for a regular license pursuant to sub-subparagraph (VII) regardless of whether the person has received an offer of employment from a school district, charter school or private school; and
(VII) Upon the completion by a person of the education and training required under the alternative route to licensure and the satisfaction of all other requirements for licensure, provide for the issuance of a regular license to the person pursuant to the provisions of this chapter and the regulations adopted pursuant to this chapter.
(2) Must require an applicant for a license to teach middle school or junior high school education or secondary education to demonstrate proficiency in a field of specialization or area of concentration by successfully completing course work prescribed by the Department or completing a subject matter competency examination prescribed by the Department with a score deemed satisfactory.
(3) Must not prescribe qualifications which are more stringent than the qualifications set forth in NRS 391.0315 for a licensed teacher who applies for an additional license in accordance with that section.
(b) Identifying fields of specialization in teaching which require the specialized training of teachers.
(c) Except as otherwise provided in NRS 391.125, requiring teachers to obtain from the Department an endorsement in a field of specialization to be eligible to teach in that field of specialization.
(d) Setting forth the educational requirements a teacher must satisfy to qualify for an endorsement in each field of specialization.
(e) Setting forth the qualifications and requirements for obtaining a license or endorsement to teach American Sign Language, including, without limitation, being registered with the Aging and Disability Services Division of the Department of Health and Human Services pursuant to NRS 656A.100 to engage in the practice of sign language interpreting in a primary or secondary educational setting.
(f) Requiring teachers and other educational personnel to be registered with the Aging and Disability Services Division pursuant to NRS 656A.100 to engage in the practice of sign language interpreting in a primary or secondary educational setting if they:
(1) Provide instruction or other educational services; and
(2) Concurrently engage in the practice of sign language interpreting, as defined in NRS 656A.060.
(g) Prescribing course work on parental involvement and family engagement. The Commission shall:
(1) Work in cooperation with the Office of Parental Involvement and Family Engagement created by NRS 385.630 in developing the regulations required by this paragraph.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 1999 (CHAPTER 302, SB 115)κ
(2) Establish standards for professional development training which may be used to satisfy any course work requirement prescribed pursuant to this paragraph.
(h) Establishing the requirements for obtaining an endorsement on the license of a teacher, administrator or other educational personnel in cultural competency.
(i) Authorizing the Superintendent of Public Instruction to issue a license by endorsement to an applicant who holds an equivalent license or authorization issued by a governmental entity in another country if the Superintendent determines that the qualifications for the equivalent license or authorization are substantially similar to those prescribed pursuant to paragraph (a).
(j) Establishing the requirements for obtaining an endorsement on the license of a teacher, administrator or other educational personnel in teaching courses relating to financial literacy.
(k) Authorizing a person who is employed as a paraprofessional and enrolled in a program to become a teacher to complete an accelerated program of student teaching in the same or a substantially similar area in which the person is employed as a paraprofessional while remaining employed as a paraprofessional.
(l) Requiring the Department to accept a program of student teaching or other teaching experience completed in another state or foreign country by an applicant for a license if the Department determines that the program or experience substantially fulfills the standards of a program of student teaching in this State.
(m) Authorizing a person who is employed by a public school to provide support or other services relating to school psychology, if the person does not hold a license or endorsement as a school psychologist but is enrolled in a program that would allow the person to obtain such a license or endorsement, to complete a program of internship in school psychology while remaining employed in such a position.
(n) Requiring that, to teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education, a teacher obtain an endorsement to teach pupils enrolled in a program of bilingual education. As used in this paragraph, program of bilingual education has the meaning ascribed to it in section 3 of this act.
(o) To carry out the provisions of NRS 391B.010.
2. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 391.027, the Commission may adopt such other regulations as it deems necessary for its own government or to carry out its duties.
3. Any regulation which increases the amount of education, training or experience required for licensing:
(a) Must, in addition to the requirements for publication in chapter 233B of NRS, be publicized before its adoption in a manner reasonably calculated to inform those persons affected by the change.
(b) Must not become effective until at least 1 year after the date it is adopted by the Commission.
(c) Is not applicable to a license in effect on the date the regulation becomes effective.
Sec. 5. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 6. This act becomes effective on July 1, 2025.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2000κ
Assembly Bill No. 586Committee on Ways and Means
CHAPTER 303
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT making supplemental appropriations to the Aging and Disability Services Division of the Department of Health and Human Services for an unanticipated shortfall related to costs associated with certain provider payments; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Aging and Disability Services Division of the Department of Health and Human Services the sum of $3,930,266 for an unanticipated shortfall related to costs associated with provider payments for developmental services in the Rural Regional Center budget account. This appropriation is supplemental to that made by section 17 of chapter 209, Statutes of Nevada 2023, at page 1239.
Sec. 2. There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Aging and Disability Services Division of the Department of Health and Human Services the sum of $189,623 for an unanticipated shortfall related to costs associated with provider payments for personal care services in the Home- and Community-Based Services budget account. This appropriation is supplemental to that made by section 17 of chapter 209, Statutes of Nevada 2023, at page 1239.
Sec. 3. There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Aging and Disability Services Division of the Department of Health and Human Services the sum of $4,257,914 for an unanticipated shortfall related to costs associated with provider payments for developmental services in the Desert Regional Center budget account. This appropriation is supplemental to that made by section 17 of chapter 209, Statutes of Nevada 2023, at page 1239.
Sec. 4. There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Aging and Disability Services Division of the Department of Health and Human Services the sum of $7,774,184 for an unanticipated shortfall related to costs associated with provider payments for developmental services in the Sierra Regional Center budget account. This appropriation is supplemental to that made by section 17 of chapter 209, Statutes of Nevada 2023, at page 1239.
Sec. 5. This act becomes effective upon passage and approval.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2001κ
Assembly Bill No. 561Committee on Ways and Means
CHAPTER 304
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT making a supplemental appropriation to the Division of Forestry of the State Department of Conservation and Natural Resources for an unanticipated shortfall related to firefighting costs; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Division of Forestry of the State Department of Conservation and Natural Resources the sum of $20,733,824 for an unanticipated shortfall related to firefighting costs. This appropriation is supplemental to that made by section 23 of chapter 209, Statutes of Nevada 2023, at page 1242.
Sec. 2. This act becomes effective upon passage and approval.
________
Assembly Bill No. 559Committee on Ways and Means
CHAPTER 305
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT making a supplemental appropriation to the Office of the Extradition Coordinator within the Office of the Attorney General for an unanticipated shortfall related to extradition costs; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Office of the Extradition Coordinator within the Office of the Attorney General the sum of $1,518,208 for an unanticipated shortfall related to extradition costs. This appropriation is supplemental to that made by section 4 of chapter 209, Statutes of Nevada 2023, at page 1235.
Sec. 2. This act becomes effective upon passage and approval.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2002κ
Assembly Bill No. 527Committee on Growth and Infrastructure
CHAPTER 306
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to traffic laws; authorizing a school district to install and use a school bus infraction detection system on school buses to enforce certain provisions of law; requiring a peace officer of a traffic enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the location in which such school buses operate to review certain evidence detected by the school bus infraction detection system before a civil infraction citation is issued; establishing requirements relating to the issuance of a civil infraction citation based on evidence detected by a school bus infraction detection system; requiring the destruction of any photograph or recorded image produced by a school bus infraction detection system after a certain period of time; establishing certain requirements for a hearing relating to a civil infraction citation issued for a violation detected by a school bus infraction detection system; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law prohibits a governmental entity or its agents from using photographic, video or digital equipment to gather evidence in order to issue a traffic citation or civil infraction citation unless the equipment is: (1) a portable camera or event recording device worn or held by a peace officer; (2) installed within a vehicle or facility of a law enforcement agency; or (3) privately owned by a nongovernmental entity. (NRS 484A.600) Sections 2 and 3 of this bill create an exception to this prohibition, authorizing the board of trustees of a school district to allow for the installation and use of a school bus infraction detection system in school buses owned by the school district to enforce existing provisions of law prohibiting a driver of any vehicle from overtaking or passing a school bus which: (1) has stopped to receive or discharge any pupil; and (2) is displaying a flashing red light signal visible from the front and rear. (NRS 484B.353) Section 2 requires a peace officer of a traffic enforcement agency with jurisdiction over the location in which any school bus equipped with such a system operates to review the evidence of such a violation recorded by the system before a civil infraction citation is issued. Section 2 further: (1) requires a school district that has not previously installed and used a school bus infraction detection system to conduct a public awareness campaign for not less than 30 days after the system is placed into use; (2) requires the destruction of any photograph or recorded image produced by a school bus infraction detection system after a certain period of time; (3) establishes certain requirements for a hearing for a citation issued pursuant to section 2; (4) applies an existing fine structure to a citation issued pursuant to section 2; (5) requires a school district to use any fines collected pursuant to section 2 for certain purposes; and (6) requires each school district that installs such a system to prepare and submit an annual report to the Legislature relating to the school bus infraction detection system. Sections 1 and 2 of this bill provide that a violation detected by a school bus infraction detection system is not a moving traffic violation.
Sections 1 and 4-6 of this bill make conforming changes to: (1) exclude traffic violations detected by a school bus infraction detection system from the assessment of demerit points; and (2) provide for the issuance of civil infraction citations for violations detected by a school bus infraction detection system.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2003 (CHAPTER 306, AB 527)κ
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. NRS 483.473 is hereby amended to read as follows:
483.473 1. As used in this section, traffic violation means conviction of a moving traffic violation in any municipal court, justice court or district court in this State or a finding by any municipal court or justice court in this State that a person has committed a civil infraction pursuant to NRS 484A.703 to 484A.705, inclusive. The term includes a finding by a juvenile court that a child has violated a traffic law or ordinance other than one governing standing or parking. The term does not include [a] :
(a) A conviction or a finding by a juvenile court of a violation of the speed limit posted by a public authority under the circumstances described in subsection 1 of NRS 484B.617 [.] ; or
(b) A citation issued for a violation detected by a school bus infraction detection system pursuant to section 2 of this act.
2. The Department shall establish a uniform system of demerit points for various traffic violations occurring within this State affecting the driving privilege of any person who holds a drivers license issued by the Department and persons deemed to have future driving privileges pursuant to NRS 483.447. The system must be based on the accumulation of demerits during a period of 12 months.
3. The system must be uniform in its operation, and the Department shall set up a schedule of demerits for each traffic violation, depending upon the gravity of the violation, on a scale of one demerit point for a minor violation of any traffic law to eight demerit points for an extremely serious violation of the law governing traffic violations. If a conviction of two or more traffic violations committed on a single occasion is obtained, points must be assessed for one offense or civil infraction, and if the point values differ, points must be assessed for the offense or civil infraction having the greater point value. Details of the violation must be submitted to the Department by the court where the conviction or finding is obtained. The Department may provide for a graduated system of demerits within each category of violations according to the extent to which the traffic law was violated.
Sec. 2. Chapter 484A of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. A board of trustees of a school district may authorize the installation and use of a school bus infraction detection system in school buses owned by the school district to enforce the provisions of NRS 484B.353.
2. The board of trustees of a school district that authorizes the installation and use of a school bus infraction detection system:
(a) May enter into a contractual agreement with a third party vendor to install and administer such a school bus infraction detection system; and
(b) Shall enter into an agreement with a traffic enforcement agency with jurisdiction over the location in which any school bus equipped with a school bus infraction detection system operates to review the evidence of any alleged infraction of NRS 484B.353 recorded by the school bus infraction detection system.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2004 (CHAPTER 306, AB 527)κ
3. If a school district has not previously installed and used a school bus infraction detection system the school district shall, for not less than 30 days after a school bus infraction detection system is placed into use by the school district:
(a) Conduct a public awareness campaign regarding the use of school bus infraction detection systems within the school district; and
(b) Notify the public of the specific date on which a violation detected by the school bus infraction detection system will become enforceable.
4. If, during the period the public awareness campaign described in subsection 3 is conducted, a peace officer of a traffic enforcement agency determines from evidence recorded by a school bus infraction detection system that a person has violated NRS 484B.353, the peace officer may issue only a warning.
5. If, after reviewing the evidence recorded by a school bus infraction detection system, a peace officer of a traffic enforcement agency determines that a violation of NRS 484B.353 occurred in a location over which the traffic enforcement agency has jurisdiction, the peace officer shall cause a civil infraction citation to be issued pursuant to NRS 484A.7033 for the violation to be sent by the traffic enforcement agency or its designee by first class mail to the address listed with the Department for the registered owner of the vehicle identified by the school bus infraction detection system. A manual or automated record prepared by the traffic enforcement agency or its designee evidencing that the citation was mailed is prima facie evidence of service and shall be admissible in any hearing as to the facts contained in the civil infraction citation.
6. In addition to the information required by subsection 1 of NRS 484A.7035, a civil infraction citation issued pursuant to NRS 484A.7033 for a violation described in subsection 5 must include:
(a) The date and time of the violation;
(b) A photograph or other recorded image produced by the school bus infraction detection system, or the address of the Internet website on which such an image may be viewed, showing:
(1) The vehicle involved in the violation;
(2) If a stop arm was installed on the school bus, that the stop arm was extended at the time of the violation; and
(3) An electronic indicator evidencing that the flashing red light signals of the bus were activated at the time of the violation; and
(c) A statement summarizing the provisions of subsection 8.
7. To the extent practicable, a school bus infraction detection system shall not record images of the occupants of a motor vehicle at the time in which the images are recorded by the system. A civil infraction citation issued pursuant to this section may not be dismissed because a recorded video or digital image includes images of the occupants of the motor vehicle.
8. The registered owner of a vehicle is presumed to be the driver of the vehicle at the time of a violation of NRS 484B.353 which was recorded by a school bus infraction detection system. This presumption may be rebutted if the registered owner of the vehicle submits an affidavit to the traffic enforcement agency or its designee or presents an affidavit as evidence at a hearing held pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 484A.704 stating under penalty of perjury:
(a) The name and address of the person having care, custody and control of the vehicle at the time of the violation; or
(b) That the vehicle was, at the time of the violation, stolen.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2005 (CHAPTER 306, AB 527)κ
9. An affidavit presented as evidence pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 8 must contain evidence that supports the affidavit, including, without limitation, a police report or an insurance report.
10. Photographs or other recorded images produced by a school bus infraction detection system shall be deemed prima facie evidence of a violation of NRS 484B.353 and are admissible at any hearing for a citation issued for a violation detected by a school bus infraction detection system pursuant to this section without further authentication. In any hearing for a citation issued for a violation detected by a school bus infraction detection system, there is a rebuttable presumption that:
(a) At the time in which a violation of NRS 484B.353 was detected by a school bus infraction detection system, the school bus was marked and equipped with signs and signals as required by law; and
(b) Where recorded images from a school bus infraction detection system show the activation of a stop arm or flashing red light signals, the school bus was stopped to receive or discharge a pupil and was displaying a flashing red light signal visible from the front and rear of the school bus.
11. Any photograph or recorded image produced by a school bus infraction detection system must be destroyed not later than 90 days after:
(a) If a peace officer of a traffic enforcement agency does not cause to be issued a civil infraction citation pursuant to subsection 5 in connection with the photograph or recorded image, the date on which the photograph or recorded image was produced; or
(b) If a peace officer of a traffic enforcement agency causes to be issued a civil infraction citation pursuant to subsection 5 in connection with the photograph or recorded image, the date on which:
(1) The person receiving the civil infraction citation submits, pursuant to subsection 2 of NRS 484A.704, full payment of the monetary penalty, the administrative assessment and any fees to the court specified in the citation;
(2) The court enters an order dismissing the civil infraction citation in the courts records; or
(3) The court enters an order pursuant to NRS 484A.7043 finding that the person committed the civil infraction and assessing the monetary penalty and administrative assessments prescribed for the civil infraction.
12. The provisions of this section do not prohibit a peace officer from issuing a traffic citation for a violation of any law of this State for which evidence is recorded by a school bus infraction detection system if the peace officer personally witnesses a violation. A person who is issued a traffic citation by a peace officer pursuant to this subsection must not be issued a civil infraction citation based on evidence recorded by the school bus infraction detection system for the same violation for which the peace officer issued the person the traffic citation.
13. Except as otherwise provided in this section, a hearing on a civil infraction citation issued pursuant to this section shall be conducted in accordance with NRS 484A.7041.
14. A violation of NRS 484B.353 for which a civil infraction citation is issued pursuant to NRS 484A.7033 for a violation described in subsection 5:
(a) Is not a moving traffic violation under NRS 483.473; and
(b) Is punishable by an administrative fine in an amount set by the local authority, but not less than the fine imposed pursuant to NRS 484B.353.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2006 (CHAPTER 306, AB 527)κ
15. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, all administrative fines assessed and collected for a violation of NRS 484B.353 through the use of a school bus infraction detection system must be collected and remitted to the school district in which the violation occurred. The school district shall use the fines collected by this section to:
(a) Install, maintain or operate the school bus infraction detection systems on school buses;
(b) Compensate a third party vendor to install, operate or maintain the school bus infraction detection systems on school buses;
(c) Support any other infrastructure or program that increases the safety of transportation services for students; or
(d) Pay costs associated with the enforcement of violations detected by a school bus infraction detection system.
16. On or before January 31 of each year, each school district which uses a school bus infraction detection system shall prepare and submit a report to the Legislature for the immediately preceding year which includes, without limitation:
(a) The number of citations issued through the use of school bus infraction detection systems;
(b) The total amount of revenue collected as a result of such citations; and
(c) Any data related to the effectiveness of the use of school bus infraction detection systems in reducing the number of violations of NRS 484B.353.
17. As used in this section, school bus infraction detection system means an electronic or digital system which produces a photograph or other recorded image of a vehicle which is used as evidence of a violation of NRS 484B.353 by the driver of the vehicle.
Sec. 3. NRS 484A.600 is hereby amended to read as follows:
484A.600 [A] Except as otherwise provided in section 2 of this act, a governmental entity and any agent thereof shall not use photographic, video or digital equipment for gathering evidence to be used for the issuance of a traffic citation or civil infraction citation pursuant to NRS 484A.7035 for a violation of chapters 484A to 484E, inclusive, of NRS unless the equipment is a portable camera or event recording device worn or held by a peace officer, the equipment is otherwise installed temporarily or permanently within a vehicle or facility of a law enforcement agency or the equipment is privately owned by a nongovernmental entity.
Sec. 4. NRS 484A.640 is hereby amended to read as follows:
484A.640 1. Except for a citation issued pursuant to NRS 484A.700 [,] or section 2 of this act, whenever a police officer makes an arrest or issues a citation to a person for any violation of chapters 484A to 484E, inclusive, of NRS, the police officer shall record the name as given by that person, the number of the persons drivers license and a brief description of the persons physical appearance. This information must be maintained in a record for offenses kept at the traffic enforcement agency which employs that officer.
2. Whenever a police officer stops a driver of a motor vehicle for any violation of chapters 484A to 484E, inclusive, of NRS and requests information from a traffic enforcement agency concerning that persons record of prior offenses, the police officer shall compare not only the drivers name but also the number of his or her drivers license and physical description with any information obtained from the agency as a result of the request.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2007 (CHAPTER 306, AB 527)κ
request. If the information received from the agency indicates that the drivers name is on an outstanding warrant for a prior offense, the officer shall not arrest the driver for that prior offense unless the additional information used for comparison also connects the driver with that prior offense.
Sec. 4.5. NRS 484A.703 is hereby amended to read as follows:
484A.703 1. [Every] Except for a citation issued for a violation detected by a school bus infraction detection system pursuant to section 2 of this act, every traffic enforcement agency in this State shall provide in appropriate form civil infraction citations containing notice of the civil infraction which must meet the requirements of NRS 484A.703 to 484A.705, inclusive, and be:
(a) Issued in books; or
(b) Available through an electronic device used to prepare such citations.
2. The chief administrative officer of each traffic enforcement agency is responsible for the issuance of such books and electronic devices and shall maintain a record of each book, each electronic device and each civil infraction citation issued to individual members of the traffic enforcement agency. The chief administrative officer shall require and retain a receipt for every book and electronic device that is issued.
Sec. 5. NRS 484A.704 is hereby amended to read as follows:
484A.704 1. Any person who receives a civil infraction citation pursuant to NRS 484A.7035 or 484A.7049 or section 2 of this act shall respond to the citation as provided in this section not later than 90 calendar days after the date on which the citation is issued.
2. If a person receiving a civil infraction citation does not contest the determination that the person has committed the civil infraction set forth in the citation, the person must respond to the citation by indicating that the person does not contest the determination and submitting full payment of the monetary penalty, the administrative assessment and any fees to the court specified in the citation, or its traffic violations bureau, in person, by mail or through the Internet or other electronic means.
3. If a person receiving a civil infraction citation wishes to contest the determination that the person has committed the civil infraction set forth in the citation, the person must respond by requesting in person, by mail or through the Internet or other electronic means a hearing for that purpose. The court shall notify the person in writing of the time, place and date of the hearing, but the date of the hearing must not be earlier than 9 calendar days after the court provides notice of the hearing.
4. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, not less than 30 days before the deadline for a person to respond to a civil infraction citation, the court must send to the address or electronic mail address of the person, as indicated on the civil infraction citation issued to the person, a reminder that the person must respond to the civil infraction citation within 90 calendar days after the date on which the civil infraction citation is issued. If the person agreed to receive communications relating to the civil infraction by text message, the court may send such a notice to the telephone number of the person as indicated on the civil infraction citation. If the person does not respond to the civil infraction citation in the manner specified by subsection 2 or 3 within 90 calendar days after the date on which the civil infraction citation is issued, the court must enter an order pursuant to NRS 484A.7043 finding that the person committed the civil infraction and assessing the monetary penalty and administrative assessments prescribed for the civil infraction.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2008 (CHAPTER 306, AB 527)κ
infraction. A person who has been issued a civil infraction citation and who fails to respond to the civil infraction citation as required by this section may not appeal an order entered pursuant to this section.
5. If any person issued a civil infraction citation fails to appear at a hearing requested pursuant to subsection 3, the court must enter an order pursuant to NRS 484A.7043 finding that the person committed the civil infraction and assessing the monetary penalty and administrative assessments prescribed for the civil infraction. A person who has been issued a civil infraction citation and who fails to appear at a hearing requested pursuant to subsection 3 may not appeal an order entered pursuant to this subsection.
6. In addition to any other penalty imposed, any person who is found by the court to have committed a civil infraction pursuant to subsection 5 shall pay the witness fees, per diem allowances, travel expenses and other reimbursement in accordance with NRS 50.225.
7. If a court has established a system pursuant to NRS 484A.615, any person issued a civil infraction citation may, if authorized by the court, use the system to perform any applicable actions pursuant to this section.
Sec. 6. NRS 484B.353 is hereby amended to read as follows:
484B.353 1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, the driver of any vehicle, when meeting or overtaking, from either direction, any school bus, equipped with signs and signals required by law, which has stopped to receive or discharge any pupil and is displaying a flashing red light signal visible from the front and rear, shall bring the vehicle to an immediate stop and shall not attempt to overtake or proceed past the school bus until the flashing red signal ceases operation.
2. The driver of a vehicle upon a divided highway need not stop upon meeting or passing a school bus which is positioned in the other roadway. The driver of a vehicle need not stop upon meeting or passing a school bus where traffic is controlled by a traffic officer.
3. [Any] Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, any person who violates any of the provisions of this section is guilty of a misdemeanor and:
(a) For a third or any subsequent offense within 2 years after the most recent offense, shall be punished by a fine of not more than $1,000 and the drivers license of the person must be suspended for not more than 1 year.
(b) For a second offense within 1 year after the first offense, shall be punished by a fine of not less than $250 nor more than $500 and the drivers license of the person must be suspended for 6 months.
(c) For a first offense or any subsequent offense for which a punishment is not provided for in paragraph (a) or (b), shall be punished by a fine of not less than $250 nor more than $500.
4. A police officer may issue a civil infraction citation to any person who violates any of the provisions of this section detected by a school bus infraction detection system pursuant to section 2 of this act.
Sec. 6.5. The provisions of subsection 1 of NRS 218D.380 do not apply to any provision of this act which adds or revises a requirement to submit a report to the Legislature.
Sec. 7. This act becomes effective on July 1, 2025.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2009κ
Assembly Bill No. 520Committee on Health and Human Services
CHAPTER 307
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to adoption; requiring background investigations of certain persons who operate or provide services to children at a child-placing agency; authorizing the disclosure of information from the State Register for Adoptions to certain persons without the consent of the natural parent under extenuating circumstances; authorizing certain persons to attend an adoption hearing by a remote-technology system under certain circumstances; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law: (1) requires certain persons who work with children or reside in certain homes or facilities that provide services to children to undergo a background investigation; (2) prohibits a person who has been convicted of certain crimes from working or residing in such a home or facility; and (3) requires certain homes and facilities to maintain records of background investigations. (NRS 62B.260-62B.280, 424.031-424.034, 432A.170-432A.1755, 433B.183-433B.187, 449.122-449.125) Existing law defines child-placing agency to mean a nonprofit corporation that places children for adoption or permanent free care. (NRS 127.220) Existing regulations: (1) require an applicant for a license to operate a child-placing agency or an employee, volunteer or independent contractor of a child-placing agency to undergo a background investigation; and (2) prohibit the director of adoption of a child-placing agency from allowing a person to provide services to children if the Division of Child and Family Services has, based on the criminal history of the person, deemed the person to be unacceptable to provide services to children. (NAC 127.140)
Sections 2 and 3 of this bill: (1) codify such requirements governing child-placing agencies into existing law; and (2) additionally require such background investigations to be conducted every 5 years. Specifically, section 2 requires the Division to: (1) investigate the background and personal history of every initial applicant for a license to operate a child-placing agency and every employee, volunteer or independent contractor of a child-placing agency; and (2) repeat such investigations every 5 years. Section 3 requires an applicant for a license to operate a child-placing agency and every employee, volunteer or independent contractor of the child-placing agency, for the purposes of an investigation pursuant to section 2, to submit to the Division: (1) a complete set of fingerprints; and (2) written permission authorizing the fingerprints to be submitted to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for a background check. Section 11 of this bill makes conforming changes to require the Central Repository for Nevada Records of Criminal History to conduct such background checks. Section 2 requires the Division to prescribe by regulation the conditions under which the Division may deem a person to have a substantiated history of maltreating a child that renders the person unacceptable to provide services to children. Section 7 of this bill prohibits a court from entering an order of adoption and declare any order of adoption so entered to be void if the adoption was facilitated by a child-placing agency that has failed to comply with sections 2 and 3. Section 9 of this bill indicates the proper placement of sections 2 and 3 in NRS. Section 10 of this bill makes certain definitions applicable to sections 2 and 3.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2010 (CHAPTER 307, AB 520)κ
Existing law requires the Division to maintain the State Register for Adoptions to provide information to identify adults who were adopted and certain relatives of such adults. Existing law authorizes the Division to release certain information from the State Register to adopted persons and their relatives if: (1) the natural parent of the adopted person has consented to the release; and (2) the adopted person has not requested to restrict the release of the information. (NRS 127.007) Section 6 of this bill authorizes the Division to release such information without the written consent of the natural parent if the Division determines that extenuating circumstances exist to justify the release of the information.
Existing law authorizes the prospective adoptive parents to attend a court hearing concerning the adoption by telephone instead of in person if: (1) the prospective adoptive parents reside in another state or jurisdiction; (2) the child who is the subject of the hearing is in the custody of an agency which provides child welfare services or a child-placing agency; and (3) a representative of the agency responsible for supervising the child in the state where the child will be placed attends the hearing by telephone. (NRS 127.145) Section 8 of this bill additionally authorizes the prospective adoptive parents and the representative of the agency responsible for supervising the child to attend a court hearing concerning the adoption by any other remote-technology system under such circumstances.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Chapter 127 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 2 to 5, inclusive, of this act.
Sec. 2. 1. The Division shall obtain from appropriate law enforcement agencies information on the background and personal history of each applicant for a license to operate a child-placing agency, person who is licensed to operate a child-placing agency or employee, volunteer or independent contractor of such an applicant or licensee who provides or will provide services to children to determine whether the person investigated has a history of maltreating a child that, in the determination of the Division, renders the person unacceptable to provide services to children.
2. The Division may charge each person investigated pursuant to subsection 1 for the cost of the fees charged by any local agencies of law enforcement, the Central Repository for Nevada Records of Criminal History and the Federal Bureau of Investigation for the handling of fingerprint cards and the issuance of reports of criminal histories.
3. The Division shall:
(a) Conduct an investigation of each licensee, employee, volunteer and independent contractor pursuant to this section at least once every 5 years after the initial investigation; and
(b) Adopt regulations prescribing the conditions under which the Division may deem a person investigated pursuant to subsection 1 to have a history of maltreating a child that renders the person unacceptable to provide services to children.
Sec. 3. 1. Each applicant for a license to operate a child-placing agency, person who is licensed to operate a child-placing agency or employee, volunteer or independent contractor of such an applicant or licensee who provides services to children must submit to the Division for the purposes of an investigation pursuant to section 2 of this act a complete set of fingerprints and written permission authorizing the Division to forward those fingerprints to the Central Repository for Nevada Records of Criminal History for submission to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for its report to enable the Division to conduct an investigation pursuant to section 2 of this act.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2011 (CHAPTER 307, AB 520)κ
set of fingerprints and written permission authorizing the Division to forward those fingerprints to the Central Repository for Nevada Records of Criminal History for submission to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for its report to enable the Division to conduct an investigation pursuant to section 2 of this act.
2. The Division may exchange with the Central Repository or the Federal Bureau of Investigation any information relating to the fingerprints submitted.
3. When the Central Repository receives a report from the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Central Repository shall immediately forward a copy of the report to the Division.
Secs. 4 and 5. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 6. NRS 127.007 is hereby amended to read as follows:
127.007 1. The Division shall maintain the State Register for Adoptions, which is hereby established, in its central office to provide information to identify adults who were adopted and persons related to them within the third degree of consanguinity.
2. The State Register for Adoptions consists of:
(a) Names and other information, which the Administrator of the Division deems to be necessary for the operation of the Register, relating to persons who have released a child for adoption or have consented to the adoption of a child, or whose parental rights have been terminated by a court of competent jurisdiction, and who have submitted the information voluntarily to the Division;
(b) Names and other necessary information of persons who are 18 years of age or older, who were adopted and who have submitted the information voluntarily to the Division; and
(c) Names and other necessary information of persons who are related within the third degree of consanguinity to adopted persons, and who have submitted the information voluntarily to the Division.
Κ Any person whose name appears in the Register may withdraw it by requesting in writing that it be withdrawn. The Division shall immediately withdraw a name upon receiving a request to do so, and may not thereafter release any information to identify that person, including the information that such a name was ever in the Register.
3. Except as otherwise provided in subsection [4,] 5, the Division may release information:
(a) About a person related within the third degree of consanguinity to an adopted person; or
(b) About an adopted person to a person related within the third degree of consanguinity,
Κ under the circumstances described in subsection 4.
4. The Division may release the information described in subsection 3 if [the] :
(a) The names and information about both persons are contained in the Register ; and [written]
(b) Written consent for the release of such information is given by the natural parent [.] or the Division determines that extenuating circumstances exist to justify the release of the information.
[4.] 5. An adopted person may, by submitting a written request to the Division, restrict the release of any information concerning himself or herself to one or more categories of relatives within the third degree of consanguinity.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2012 (CHAPTER 307, AB 520)κ
Sec. 7. NRS 127.110 is hereby amended to read as follows:
127.110 1. A petition for adoption of a child who currently resides in the home of the petitioners may be filed at any time after the child has lived in the home for 30 days.
2. The petition for adoption must state, in substance, the following:
(a) The full name and age of the petitioners.
(b) The age of the child sought to be adopted and the period that the child has lived in the home of petitioners before the filing of the petition.
(c) That it is the desire of the petitioners that the relationship of parent and child be established between them and the child.
(d) Their desire that the name of the child be changed, together with the new name desired.
(e) That the petitioners are fit and proper persons to have the care and custody of the child.
(f) That they are financially able to provide for the child.
(g) That there has been a full compliance with the law in regard to consent to adoption.
(h) That there has been a full compliance with NRS 127.220 to 127.310, inclusive [.] , and sections 2 to 5, inclusive, of this act.
(i) Whether the petitioners have reason to know that the child is an Indian child.
(j) That there are no known signs that the child is currently experiencing victimization from human trafficking, exploitation or abuse.
3. No order of adoption may be entered unless there has been full compliance with the provisions of NRS 127.220 to 127.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 5, inclusive, of this act, and the provisions of NRS 125E.010 to 125E.370, inclusive, 127.041, 127.115, 127.151 and 127.1861 to 127.1869, inclusive.
Sec. 8. NRS 127.145 is hereby amended to read as follows:
127.145 1. The prospective adoptive parents may attend by telephone [,] or any other remote-technology system, in lieu of attending in person, any hearings held by the court concerning the petition for adoption if:
(a) The prospective adoptive parents reside in another state or jurisdiction;
(b) The petition for adoption is filed for the adoption of a child who is in the custody of an agency which provides child welfare services or a child-placing agency licensed by the Division pursuant to this chapter; and
(c) A representative of the agency responsible for supervising the child in the state where the child will be placed appears at the hearing by telephone [.] or any other remote-technology system.
2. The appearance of the prospective adoptive parents and the representative of the agency described in paragraph (c) of subsection 1 must occur at the office of the agency or at the home of the prospective adoptive parents, as determined by the agency.
3. If the prospective adoptive parents are attending a hearing by [telephone] :
(a) Telephone pursuant to subsection 1, the court shall place the telephone call to a telephone number known to be a telephone number of the agency described in paragraph (c) of subsection 1 or of the prospective adoptive parents.
(b) Any other remote-technology system pursuant to subsection 1, the court shall provide instructions on how the prospective adoptive parents may use the remote-technology system to attend the hearing.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2013 (CHAPTER 307, AB 520)κ
4. As used in this section, remote-technology system means any system or other means of communication which uses any electronic, digital or other similar technology to enable a person from a remote location to attend any hearing held by the court even though the person is not physically present at the hearing. The term includes, without limitation, teleconference and videoconference systems.
Sec. 9. NRS 127.155 is hereby amended to read as follows:
127.155 Any order or decree of adoption entered after July 1, 1963, and before July 1, 1965, by a court of competent jurisdiction where there has not been a complete compliance with NRS 127.220 to 127.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 5, inclusive, of this act is hereby declared valid.
Sec. 10. NRS 127.220 is hereby amended to read as follows:
127.220 As used in NRS 127.220 to 127.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 5, inclusive, of this act, unless the context otherwise requires:
1. Agency which provides child welfare services has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 432B.030.
2. Arrange the placement of a child means to make preparations for or bring about any agreement or understanding concerning the adoption of a child.
3. Child-placing agency means a nonprofit corporation organized pursuant to chapter 82 of NRS, and licensed by the Division to place children for adoption or permanent free care.
4. Person includes a hospital.
5. Recommend the placement of a child means to suggest to a child-placing agency that a prospective adoptive parent be allowed to adopt a specific child, born or in utero.
Sec. 11. NRS 179A.075 is hereby amended to read as follows:
179A.075 1. The Central Repository for Nevada Records of Criminal History is hereby created within the Records, Communications and Compliance Division of the Department.
2. Each agency of criminal justice and any other agency dealing with crime shall:
(a) Collect and maintain records, reports and compilations of statistical data required by the Department; and
(b) Submit the information collected to the Central Repository:
(1) In the manner approved by the Director of the Department; and
(2) In accordance with the policies, procedures and definitions of the Uniform Crime Reporting Program of the Federal Bureau of Investigation.
3. Each agency of criminal justice shall submit the information relating to records of criminal history that it creates, issues or collects, and any information in its possession relating to the DNA profile of a person from whom a biological specimen is obtained pursuant to NRS 176.09123 or 176.0913, to the Division. The information must be submitted to the Division:
(a) Through an electronic network;
(b) On a medium of magnetic storage; or
(c) In the manner prescribed by the Director of the Department,
Κ within 60 days after the date of the disposition of the case. If an agency has submitted a record regarding the arrest of a person who is later determined by the agency not to be the person who committed the particular crime, the agency shall, immediately upon making that determination, so notify the Division. The Division shall delete all references in the Central Repository relating to that particular arrest.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2014 (CHAPTER 307, AB 520)κ
4. Each state and local law enforcement agency shall submit Uniform Crime Reports to the Central Repository:
(a) In the manner prescribed by the Director of the Department;
(b) In accordance with the policies, procedures and definitions of the Uniform Crime Reporting Program of the Federal Bureau of Investigation; and
(c) Within the time prescribed by the Director of the Department.
5. The Division shall, in the manner prescribed by the Director of the Department:
(a) Collect, maintain and arrange all information submitted to it relating to:
(1) Records of criminal history; and
(2) The DNA profile of a person from whom a biological specimen is obtained pursuant to NRS 176.09123 or 176.0913.
(b) When practicable, use a record of the personal identifying information of a subject as the basis for any records maintained regarding him or her.
(c) Upon request, provide, in paper or electronic form, the information that is contained in the Central Repository to the Committee on Domestic Violence appointed pursuant to NRS 228.470 when, pursuant to NRS 228.495, the Committee is reviewing the death of the victim of a crime that constitutes domestic violence pursuant to NRS 33.018.
6. The Division may:
(a) Disseminate any information which is contained in the Central Repository to any other agency of criminal justice;
(b) Enter into cooperative agreements with repositories of the United States and other states to facilitate exchanges of information that may be disseminated pursuant to paragraph (a); and
(c) Request of and receive from the Federal Bureau of Investigation information on the background and personal history of any person whose record of fingerprints or other biometric identifier the Central Repository submits to the Federal Bureau of Investigation and:
(1) Who has applied to any agency of the State of Nevada or any political subdivision thereof for a license which it has the power to grant or deny;
(2) With whom any agency of the State of Nevada or any political subdivision thereof intends to enter into a relationship of employment or a contract for personal services;
(3) Who has applied to any agency of the State of Nevada or any political subdivision thereof to attend an academy for training peace officers approved by the Peace Officers Standards and Training Commission;
(4) For whom such information is required or authorized to be obtained pursuant to NRS 62B.270, 62G.223, 62G.353, 424.031, 432A.170, 432B.198, 433B.183, 449.123 and 449.4329 [;] and section 3 of this act; or
(5) About whom any agency of the State of Nevada or any political subdivision thereof is authorized by law to have accurate personal information for the protection of the agency or the persons within its jurisdiction.
7. To request and receive information from the Federal Bureau of Investigation concerning a person pursuant to subsection 6, the Central Repository must receive:
(a) The persons complete set of fingerprints for the purposes of:
(1) Booking the person into a city or county jail or detention facility;
(2) Employment;
(3) Contractual services; or
(4) Services related to occupational licensing;
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2015 (CHAPTER 307, AB 520)κ
(b) One or more of the persons fingerprints for the purposes of mobile identification by an agency of criminal justice; or
(c) Any other biometric identifier of the person as it may require for the purposes of:
(1) Arrest; or
(2) Criminal investigation,
Κ from the agency of criminal justice or agency of the State of Nevada or any political subdivision thereof and submit the received data to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for its report.
8. The Central Repository shall:
(a) Collect and maintain records, reports and compilations of statistical data submitted by any agency pursuant to subsection 2.
(b) Tabulate and analyze all records, reports and compilations of statistical data received pursuant to this section.
(c) Disseminate to federal agencies engaged in the collection of statistical data relating to crime information which is contained in the Central Repository.
(d) Investigate the criminal history of any person who:
(1) Has applied to the Superintendent of Public Instruction for the issuance or renewal of a license;
(2) Has applied to a county school district, charter school or private school for employment or to serve as a volunteer; or
(3) Is employed by or volunteers for a county school district, charter school or private school,
Κ and immediately notify the superintendent of each county school district, the governing body of each charter school and the Superintendent of Public Instruction, or the administrator of each private school, as appropriate, if the investigation of the Central Repository indicates that the person has been convicted of a violation of NRS 200.508, 201.230, 453.3385, 453.3387 or 453.339, or convicted of a felony or any offense involving moral turpitude.
(e) Upon discovery, immediately notify the superintendent of each county school district, the governing body of each charter school or the administrator of each private school, as appropriate, by providing the superintendent, governing body or administrator with a list of all persons:
(1) Investigated pursuant to paragraph (d); or
(2) Employed by or volunteering for a county school district, charter school or private school whose fingerprints were sent previously to the Central Repository for investigation,
Κ who the Central Repositorys records indicate have been convicted of a violation of NRS 200.508, 201.230, 453.3385, 453.3387 or 453.339, or convicted of a felony or any offense involving moral turpitude since the Central Repositorys initial investigation. The superintendent of each county school district, the governing body of a charter school or the administrator of each private school, as applicable, shall determine whether further investigation or action by the district, charter school or private school, as applicable, is appropriate.
(f) Investigate the criminal history of each person who submits one or more fingerprints or other biometric identifier or has such data submitted pursuant to NRS 62B.270, 62G.223, 62G.353, 424.031, 432A.170, 432B.198, 433B.183, 449.122, 449.123 or 449.4329 [.] or section 3 of this act.
(g) Provide an electronic means to access on the Central Repositorys Internet website statistical data relating to crime.
(h) Provide an electronic means to access on the Central Repositorys Internet website statistical data about domestic violence in this State.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2016 (CHAPTER 307, AB 520)κ
(i) Identify and review the collection and processing of statistical data relating to criminal justice by any agency identified in subsection 2 and make recommendations for any necessary changes in the manner of collecting and processing statistical data by any such agency.
(j) Adopt regulations governing biometric identifiers and the information and data derived from biometric identifiers, including, without limitation:
(1) Their collection, use, safeguarding, handling, retention, storage, dissemination and destruction; and
(2) The methods by which a person may request the removal of his or her biometric identifiers from the Central Repository and any other agency where his or her biometric identifiers have been stored.
9. The Central Repository may:
(a) In the manner prescribed by the Director of the Department, disseminate compilations of statistical data and publish statistical reports relating to crime.
(b) Charge a reasonable fee for any publication or special report it distributes relating to data collected pursuant to this section. The Central Repository may not collect such a fee from an agency of criminal justice or any other agency dealing with crime which is required to submit information pursuant to subsection 2. All money collected pursuant to this paragraph must be used to pay for the cost of operating the Central Repository or for any other purpose authorized by the Legislature, and any balance of the money remaining at the end of a fiscal year reverts to the State General Fund.
(c) In the manner prescribed by the Director of the Department, use electronic means to receive and disseminate information contained in the Central Repository that it is authorized to disseminate pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.
10. As used in this section:
(a) Mobile identification means the collection, storage, transmission, reception, search, access or processing of a biometric identifier using a handheld device.
(b) Personal identifying information means any information designed, commonly used or capable of being used, alone or in conjunction with any other information, to identify a person, including, without limitation:
(1) The name, drivers license number, social security number, date of birth and photograph or computer-generated image of a person; and
(2) A biometric identifier of a person.
(c) Private school has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 394.103.
Sec. 12. 1. A person who is licensed to operate a child-placing agency or provides services to children in his or her capacity as an employee, volunteer or independent contractor of a child-placing agency on the effective date of this act and who has not undergone a background investigation pursuant to NAC 127.140 after October 1, 2020, shall submit the documentation and fingerprints required to conduct such an investigation in accordance with sections 2 and 3 of this act on or before October 1, 2025, and may continue to operate the child-placing agency or provide services to children, as applicable, pending the results of the investigation.
2. As used in this section, child-placing agency has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 127.220.
Sec. 13. This act becomes effective upon passage and approval.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2017κ
Assembly Bill No. 511Committee on Commerce and Labor
CHAPTER 308
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to insurance; revising provisions relating to reimbursement for certain treatment and services provided by certain providers of health care; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law entitles an insured to reimbursement for treatment by a chiropractic physician if a policy of individual health insurance, policy of group health insurance, nonprofit corporation contract for hospital, medical and dental services or evidence of coverage of a health maintenance organization provides coverage for treatment of an illness which is within the authorized scope of practice of a qualified chiropractic physician. Existing law also contains similar provisions applicable to: (1) a person who performs acupuncture; (2) a licensed psychologist; (3) a licensed marriage and family therapist or licensed clinical professional counselor; (4) a licensed associate in social work, social worker, master social worker, independent social worker or clinical social worker; (5) a licensed podiatrist; (6) a licensed clinical drug and alcohol counselor; and (7) certain registered nurses under certain circumstances. (NRS 608.1575, 689A.0475-689A.0495, 689B.038-689B.0397, 689B.045, 689B.049, 695B.1951-695B.199, 695C.1765-695C.179) Sections 1-16, 17-24 and 25-33 of this bill revise those provisions to entitle the insured or the provider who provided treatment to the insured, as applicable, to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
Existing law authorizes a person insured under a policy of individual health insurance or policy of group or blanket health insurance to assign his or her right to benefits, under certain circumstances, to the provider of health care who provided the services covered by the policy. (NRS 689A.135, 689B.040, 689B.100) Sections 16.5 and 24.5 of this bill similarly authorize a person insured under a contract for hospital, medical or dental services issued by a nonprofit hospital, medical or dental services corporation or a health care plan issued by a health maintenance organization to make such an assignment.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. NRS 689A.0475 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689A.0475 If any policy of health insurance provides coverage for acupuncture performed by a physician, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for acupuncture performed by] or a person who is licensed pursuant to chapter 634A of NRS [.] and performs acupuncture on the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the acupuncture performed.
Sec. 2. NRS 689A.048 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689A.048 If any policy of health insurance provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of the practice of a qualified psychologist, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatments by] or a licensed psychologist [.] who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2018 (CHAPTER 308, AB 511)κ
Sec. 3. NRS 689A.0483 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689A.0483 If any policy of health insurance provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a licensed marriage and family therapist or licensed clinical professional counselor, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatment by] or a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor who is licensed pursuant to chapter 641A of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
Sec. 4. NRS 689A.0485 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689A.0485 If any policy of health insurance provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of the practice of a licensed associate in social work, a social worker, a master social worker, an independent social worker or a clinical social worker, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatment by] or an associate in social work, a social worker, a master social worker, an independent social worker or a clinical social worker who is licensed pursuant to chapter 641B of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
Sec. 5. NRS 689A.0487 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689A.0487 1. If any policy of health insurance provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a qualified podiatrist, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatments by] or a podiatrist who is licensed pursuant to chapter 635 of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
2. The terms of the policy must not limit:
(a) Coverage for treatments by a podiatrist to a number less than for treatments by other physicians.
(b) Reimbursement for treatments by a podiatrist to an amount less than that reimbursed for similar treatments by other physicians.
Sec. 6. NRS 689A.049 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689A.049 1. If any policy of health insurance provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a qualified chiropractic physician, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatments by] or a chiropractic physician who is licensed pursuant to chapter 634 of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
2. The terms of the policy must not limit:
(a) Coverage for treatments by a chiropractic physician to a number less than for treatments by other physicians.
(b) Reimbursement for treatments by a chiropractic physician to an amount less than that reimbursed for similar treatments by other physicians.
Sec. 7. NRS 689A.0493 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689A.0493 If any policy of health insurance provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a licensed clinical alcohol and drug counselor, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatment by] or a clinical alcohol and drug counselor who is licensed pursuant to chapter 641C of NRS [unless] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided, including, without limitation, if the clinical alcohol and drug counselor must be directly reimbursed pursuant to:
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2019 (CHAPTER 308, AB 511)κ
1. An assignment of benefits described in NRS 687B.409; or
2. Any other applicable assignment of benefits.
Sec. 8. NRS 689A.0495 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689A.0495 1. If any policy of health insurance provides coverage for services which are within the authorized scope of practice of a registered nurse who is authorized pursuant to chapter 632 of NRS to perform additional acts in an emergency or under other special conditions as prescribed by the State Board of Nursing, and which are reimbursed when provided by another provider of health care, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for services provided by such] or a registered nurse [.] who provides such services to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the services provided.
2. The terms of the policy must not limit:
(a) Coverage for services provided by such a registered nurse to a number of occasions less than for services provided by another provider of health care.
(b) Reimbursement for services provided by such a registered nurse to an amount less than that reimbursed for similar services provided by another provider of health care.
3. An insurer is not required to pay for services provided by such a registered nurse which duplicate services provided by another provider of health care.
Sec. 9. NRS 689B.038 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689B.038 If any policy of group health insurance provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of the practice of a qualified psychologist, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatment by] or a licensed psychologist [.] who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
Sec. 10. NRS 689B.0383 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689B.0383 If any policy of group health insurance provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a licensed marriage and family therapist or licensed clinical professional counselor, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatment by] or a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor who is licensed pursuant to chapter 641A of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
Sec. 11. NRS 689B.0385 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689B.0385 If any policy of group health insurance provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of the practice of a licensed associate in social work, a social worker, a master social worker, an independent social worker or a clinical social worker, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatment by an associate in social work,] or a social worker, a master social worker, an independent social worker or a clinical social worker who is licensed pursuant to chapter 641B of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
Sec. 12. NRS 689B.039 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689B.039 1. If any group policy of health insurance provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a qualified chiropractic physician, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatments by] or a chiropractic physician who is licensed pursuant to chapter 634 of NRS [.]
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2020 (CHAPTER 308, AB 511)κ
pursuant to chapter 634 of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
2. The terms of the policy must not limit:
(a) Coverage for treatments by a chiropractic physician to a number less than for treatments by other physicians.
(b) Reimbursement for treatments by a chiropractic physician to an amount less than that charged for similar treatments by other physicians.
Sec. 13. NRS 689B.0393 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689B.0393 1. If any group policy of health insurance provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a qualified podiatrist, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatments by] or a podiatrist who is licensed pursuant to chapter 635 of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
2. The terms of the policy must not limit:
(a) Coverage for treatments by a podiatrist to a number less than for treatments by other physicians.
(b) Reimbursement for treatments by a podiatrist to an amount less than that reimbursed for similar treatments by other physicians.
Sec. 14. NRS 689B.0397 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689B.0397 If any policy of group health insurance provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a licensed clinical alcohol and drug counselor, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatment by] or a clinical alcohol and drug counselor who is licensed pursuant to chapter 641C of NRS [unless] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided, including, without limitation, if the clinical alcohol and drug counselor must be directly reimbursed pursuant to:
1. An assignment of benefits described in NRS 687B.409; or
2. Any other applicable assignment of benefits.
Sec. 15. NRS 689B.045 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689B.045 1. If any group policy of health insurance provides coverage for services which are within the authorized scope of practice of a registered nurse who is authorized pursuant to chapter 632 of NRS to perform additional acts in an emergency or under other special conditions as prescribed by the State Board of Nursing, and which are reimbursed when provided by another provider of health care, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for services provided by such] or a registered nurse [.] who provides such services to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the services provided.
2. The terms of the policy must not limit:
(a) Coverage for services provided by such a registered nurse to a number of occasions less than for services provided by another provider of health care.
(b) Reimbursement for services provided by such a registered nurse to an amount less than that reimbursed for similar services provided by another provider of health care.
3. An insurer is not required to pay for services provided by such a registered nurse which duplicate services provided by another provider of health care.
Sec. 16. NRS 689B.049 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689B.049 If any policy of group health insurance provides coverage for acupuncture performed by a physician, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for acupuncture performed by] or a person who is licensed pursuant to chapter 634A of NRS [.]
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2021 (CHAPTER 308, AB 511)κ
reimbursement for acupuncture performed by] or a person who is licensed pursuant to chapter 634A of NRS [.] and performs acupuncture on the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the acupuncture performed.
Sec. 16.5. Chapter 695B of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. A person insured under a contract for hospital, medical or dental services may assign his or her right to benefits to the provider of health care who provided the services covered by the contract. The nonprofit hospital, medical or dental service corporation shall pay all the benefits or the part of the benefits assigned by the insured to the person designated by the insured. A payment made pursuant to this subsection discharges the obligation of the corporation to pay those benefits.
2. If the insured makes an assignment under this section, but the corporation after receiving a copy of the assignment pays the benefits to the insured, the corporation shall also pay those benefits to the provider of health care who received the assignment as soon as the corporation receives notice of the incorrect payment.
3. For the purpose of this section, provider of health care has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 629.031.
Sec. 17. NRS 695B.1951 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695B.1951 1. If any contract for hospital or medical services provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a qualified podiatrist, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatments by] or a podiatrist who is licensed pursuant to chapter 635 of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
2. The terms of the policy must not limit:
(a) Coverage for treatments by a podiatrist to a number less than for treatments by other physicians.
(b) Reimbursement for treatments by a podiatrist to an amount less than that reimbursed for similar treatments by other physicians.
Sec. 18. NRS 695B.1955 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695B.1955 If any contract for hospital or medical service provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a licensed clinical alcohol and drug counselor, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatment by] or a clinical alcohol and drug counselor who is licensed pursuant to chapter 641C of NRS [unless] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided, including, without limitation, if the clinical alcohol and drug counselor must be directly reimbursed pursuant to:
1. An assignment of benefits described in NRS 687B.409; or
2. Any other applicable assignment of benefits.
Sec. 19. NRS 695B.196 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695B.196 If any contract for hospital or medical services provides coverage for acupuncture performed by a physician, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for acupuncture performed by] or a person who is licensed pursuant to chapter 634A of NRS [.] and performs acupuncture on the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the acupuncture performed.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2022 (CHAPTER 308, AB 511)κ
Sec. 20. NRS 695B.197 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695B.197 If any contract for hospital or medical service provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of the practice of a qualified psychologist, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatments by] or a licensed psychologist [.] who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
Sec. 21. NRS 695B.1973 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695B.1973 If any contract for hospital or medical service provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a licensed marriage and family therapist or licensed clinical professional counselor, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatment by] or a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor who is licensed pursuant to chapter 641A of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
Sec. 22. NRS 695B.1975 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695B.1975 If any contract for hospital or medical service provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of the practice of a licensed associate in social work, social worker, master social worker, independent social worker or clinical social worker, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatment by] or an associate in social work, social worker, master social worker, independent social worker or clinical social worker who is licensed pursuant to chapter 641B of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
Sec. 23. NRS 695B.198 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695B.198 1. If any contract for hospital or medical service provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a qualified chiropractic physician, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatments by] or a chiropractic physician who is licensed pursuant to chapter 634 of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
2. The terms of the policy must not limit:
(a) Coverage for treatments by a chiropractic physician to a number less than for treatments by other physicians.
(b) Reimbursement for treatments by a chiropractic physician to an amount less than that charged for similar treatments by other physicians.
Sec. 24. NRS 695B.199 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695B.199 1. If any contract for medical service provides coverage for services which are within the authorized scope of practice of a registered nurse who is authorized pursuant to chapter 632 of NRS to perform additional acts in an emergency or under other special conditions as prescribed by the State Board of Nursing, and which are reimbursed when provided by another provider of health care, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for services provided by such] or a registered nurse [.] who provides such services to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the services provided.
2. The terms of the contract must not limit:
(a) Coverage for services provided by such a registered nurse to a number of occasions less than for services provided by another provider of health care.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2023 (CHAPTER 308, AB 511)κ
(b) Reimbursement for services provided by such a registered nurse to an amount less than that reimbursed for similar services provided by another provider of health care.
3. An insurer is not required to pay for services provided by such a registered nurse which duplicate services provided by another provider of health care.
Sec. 24.5. Chapter 695C of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. A person insured under a health care plan may assign his or her right to benefits to the provider of health care who provided the services covered by the plan. The health maintenance organization shall pay all the benefits or the part of the benefits assigned by the insured to the person designated by the insured. A payment made pursuant to this subsection discharges the obligation of the health maintenance organization to pay those benefits.
2. If the insured makes an assignment under this section, but the health maintenance organization after receiving a copy of the assignment pays the benefits to the insured, the health maintenance organization shall also pay those benefits to the provider of health care who received the assignment as soon as the insurer receives notice of the incorrect payment.
3. For the purpose of this section, provider of health care has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 629.031.
Sec. 25. NRS 695C.1765 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695C.1765 If any evidence of coverage provides coverage for acupuncture performed by a physician, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for acupuncture performed by] or a person who is licensed pursuant to chapter 634A of NRS [.] and performs acupuncture on the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the acupuncture performed.
Sec. 26. NRS 695C.177 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695C.177 If any evidence of coverage provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of the practice of a qualified psychologist, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatments by] or a licensed psychologist [.] who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
Sec. 27. NRS 695C.1773 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695C.1773 If any evidence of coverage provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a licensed marriage and family therapist or licensed clinical professional counselor, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatment by] or a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor who is licensed pursuant to chapter 641A of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
Sec. 28. NRS 695C.1775 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695C.1775 If any evidence of coverage provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of the practice of a licensed associate in social work, a social worker, a master social worker, an independent social worker or a clinical social worker, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatment by] or an associate in social work, a social worker, a master social worker, an independent social worker or a clinical social worker who is licensed pursuant to chapter 641B of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2024 (CHAPTER 308, AB 511)κ
Sec. 29. NRS 695C.178 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695C.178 1. If any evidence of coverage provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a qualified chiropractic physician, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatments by] or a chiropractic physician who is licensed pursuant to chapter 634 of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
2. The terms of the policy must not limit:
(a) Coverage for treatments by a chiropractic physician to a number less than for treatments by other physicians.
(b) Reimbursement for treatments by a chiropractic physician to an amount less than that charged for similar treatments by other physicians.
Sec. 30. NRS 695C.1783 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695C.1783 1. If any evidence of coverage provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a qualified podiatrist, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatments by] or a podiatrist who is licensed pursuant to chapter 635 of NRS [.] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided.
2. The terms of the policy must not limit:
(a) Coverage for treatments by a podiatrist to a number less than for treatments by other physicians.
(b) Reimbursement for treatments by a podiatrist to an amount less than that reimbursed for similar treatments by other physicians.
Sec. 31. NRS 695C.1789 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695C.1789 If any evidence of coverage provides coverage for treatment [of an illness] which is within the authorized scope of practice of a licensed clinical alcohol and drug counselor, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for treatment by] or a clinical alcohol and drug counselor who is licensed pursuant to chapter 641C of NRS [unless] and who provides such treatment to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the treatment provided, including, without limitation, if the clinical alcohol and drug counselor must be directly reimbursed pursuant to:
1. An assignment of benefits described in NRS 687B.409; or
2. Any other applicable assignment of benefits.
Sec. 32. NRS 695C.179 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695C.179 1. If any evidence of coverage provides coverage for services which are within the authorized scope of practice of a registered nurse who is authorized pursuant to chapter 632 of NRS to perform additional acts in an emergency or under other special conditions as prescribed by the State Board of Nursing, and which are reimbursed when provided by another provider of health care, the insured [is entitled to reimbursement for services provided by such] or a registered nurse [.] who provides such services to the insured, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the services provided.
2. The terms of the evidence of coverage must not limit:
(a) Coverage for services provided by such a registered nurse to a number of occasions less than for services provided by another provider of health care.
(b) Reimbursement for services provided by such a registered nurse to an amount less than that reimbursed for similar services provided by another provider of health care.
3. An insurer is not required to pay for services provided by such a registered nurse which duplicate services provided by another provider of health care.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2025 (CHAPTER 308, AB 511)κ
Sec. 33. NRS 608.1575 is hereby amended to read as follows:
608.1575 1. If an employer provides health benefits for his or her employees which include coverage for services which are within the authorized scope of practice of a registered nurse who is authorized pursuant to chapter 632 of NRS to perform additional acts in an emergency or under other special conditions as prescribed by the State Board of Nursing, and which are reimbursed when provided by another provider of health care, the [employees are entitled to reimbursement for services provided by such] employee or a registered nurse [.] who provides such services to an employee, as applicable, is entitled to reimbursement for the services provided.
2. The benefits provided by the employer must not limit:
(a) Coverage for services provided by such a registered nurse to a number of occasions less than for services provided by another provider of health care.
(b) Reimbursement for services provided by such a registered nurse to an amount less than that reimbursed for similar services provided by another provider of health care.
3. The employer is not required to pay for services provided by such a registered nurse which duplicate services provided by another provider of health care.
Sec. 34. This act becomes effective on January 1, 2026.
________
Assembly Bill No. 249Committee on Ways and Means
CHAPTER 309
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to fiscal notes; revising the information concerning fiscal effect that must be included in the summary of each bill or joint resolution introduced in the Legislature; revising provisions relating to the preparation of a fiscal note by a local government; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law requires the summary of a bill or joint resolution introduced in the Legislature to include certain statements relating to the fiscal effect on the State and local government. (NRS 218D.415) Section 1 of this bill amends the summary of a bill or joint resolution relating to the fiscal effect on the State from Effect on the State: Yes to Effect on the State: May have Fiscal Impact. Section 1 further requires the summary of a bill or resolution to include certain statements relating to the fiscal effect of the bill or joint resolution on the State Highway Fund.
Existing law provides that, if a bill or joint resolution is submitted to a local government for a fiscal note and the local government determines the bill or joint resolution reduces the revenues or increases the expenditures of the local government, the local government is required to prepare a fiscal note and return it to the Fiscal Analysis Division of the Legislative Counsel Bureau within 8 working days. (NRS 218D.475) Section 1.5 of this bill authorizes the Fiscal Analysis Division to extend the period of time to return the fiscal note by not more than 7 additional days if the matter requires extended research.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2026 (CHAPTER 309, AB 249)κ
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. NRS 218D.415 is hereby amended to read as follows:
218D.415 1. The summary of each bill or joint resolution introduced in the Legislature must include the statement:
(a) Fiscal Note: Effect on Local Government: May have Fiscal Impact,
Fiscal Note: Effect on Local Government: No, or
Fiscal Note: Effect on Local Government: Increases or Newly Provides for Term of Imprisonment in County or City Jail or Detention Facility,
Κ whichever is appropriate . [; and]
(b) Effect on the State: [Yes,] May have Fiscal Impact,
Effect on the State: No,
Effect on the State: Contains Appropriation from the State General Fund included in Executive Budget,
Effect on the State: Executive Budget, or
Effect on the State: Contains Appropriation from the State General Fund not included in Executive Budget,
Κ whichever is appropriate.
(c) Effect on the State Highway Fund: May have Fiscal Impact,
Effect on the State Highway Fund: No,
Effect on the State Highway Fund: Contains Appropriation from the State Highway Fund included in Executive Budget, or
Effect on the State Highway Fund: Contains Appropriation from the State Highway Fund not included in Executive Budget,
Κ whichever is appropriate.
2. The Legislative Counsel shall consult the Fiscal Analysis Division to secure the appropriate information for summaries of bills and joint resolutions.
3. If an amendment adds an appropriation to a bill that previously did not include an appropriation or removes all appropriations from a bill that previously included one or more appropriations, the Legislative Counsel shall change the summary of the bill to reflect the inclusion or removal.
Sec. 1.5. NRS 218D.475 is hereby amended to read as follows:
218D.475 1. Whenever a bill or joint resolution is submitted to an agency for a fiscal note, the agency shall prepare the fiscal note and return it to the Fiscal Analysis Division within 5 working days. The Fiscal Analysis Division may extend the period for not more than 10 additional working days if the matter requires extended research.
2. Whenever a bill or joint resolution is submitted to a local government for a fiscal note, the local government shall:
(a) Review the provisions of the bill or joint resolution to determine whether the bill or joint resolution reduces the revenues or increases the expenditures of the local government; and
(b) If the local government determines that the bill or joint resolution reduces the revenues or increases the expenditures of the local government, prepare a fiscal note for that bill or joint resolution and return it to the Fiscal Analysis Division within 8 working days.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2027 (CHAPTER 309, AB 249)κ
Analysis Division within 8 working days. The Fiscal Analysis Division may extend the period for not more than 7 additional working days if the matter requires extended research.
Sec. 2. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 3. This act becomes effective on July 1, 2025.
________
Assembly Bill No. 486Committee on Natural Resources
CHAPTER 310
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to transportation; requiring the Department of Transportation to report certain information on the progress and need for certain transportation projects relating to wildlife; revising the qualifications for a Deputy Director of the Department; revising provisions relating to the proposal for certain highway projects the Department must submit to the Board of Directors of the Department; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law requires the Department of Transportation to develop an inventory of connectivity needs on the state highway system where the implementation of wildlife crossings and other related highway features will support certain purposes relating to wildlife. (NRS 408.661) Existing law also requires: (1) the Board of Directors of the Department to adopt a plan for measuring the performance of the Department; and (2) the Director of the Department to prepare a report, based upon certain performance measurements, on the level of achievement of each division of the Department and the Department as a whole which must include, among other requirements, the scheduling, scope, cost and progress of any current or proposed highway projects. (NRS 408.133) Section 1 of this bill requires that the information in the report prepared by the Director relating to current and proposed highway projects include the progress of any current or proposed project identified in the inventory of connectivity and the need for such a project.
Existing law requires each Deputy Director of the Department to: (1) hold a masters degree in public or business administration, or meet certain other educational requirements; and (2) have at least 15 years of progressively responsible experience in engineering or project management, or meet certain other experiential requirements. (NRS 408.178) Section 1.1 of this bill instead requires each Deputy Director to: (1) hold a bachelors degree in business, economics or public or business administration, or meet certain other educational requirements; and (2) have at least 15 years of progressively responsible experience in engineering, project management, business or economics, or meet certain other experiential requirements.
Existing law further requires the Department to prepare a written analysis of the costs and benefits of each proposal for a highway project that will cost $25 million or more. (NRS 408.3195) Section 1.3 of this bill instead requires that the Department prepare such an analysis of each proposal for a highway project that will cost $50 million or more. Section 1.3 additionally requires the Department to include in the analysis for a highway project proposal a discussion of the number of wildlife-vehicle collisions in the highway district and the value of any mitigation of wildlife-vehicle collisions from the design, construction and use of wildlife crossings.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2028 (CHAPTER 310, AB 486)κ
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. NRS 408.133 is hereby amended to read as follows:
408.133 1. The Board shall adopt a plan for measuring the performance of the Department, which must include separate sets of performance measurements for each division of the Department and for the Department as a whole.
2. The Director shall, not later than December 31 of each year:
(a) Prepare a report, based upon the relevant performance measurements adopted pursuant to subsection 1, on the level of achievement of each division of the Department and of the Department as a whole during the immediately preceding fiscal year. The report must include a discussion of:
(1) The goals and objectives of the Department, and the current status of the Department in relation to meeting those goals and objectives;
(2) Any applicable directives from the Board or Legislature since the most recent report prepared pursuant to this section;
(3) The scheduling, scope, cost and progress of any current or proposed highway projects [;] , including, without limitation, the progress of any current or proposed project identified in the inventory of connectivity pursuant to NRS 408.661 and the need for any such project;
(4) The sources, amount and expenditure of any funding received during the immediately preceding fiscal year;
(5) The rationale used to establish priorities for the completion of highway projects; and
(6) Any recommendations for amendments to the plan adopted pursuant to subsection 1.
(b) Submit the report to:
(1) The Board; and
(2) The Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal to the Interim Finance Committee.
Sec. 1.1. NRS 408.178 is hereby amended to read as follows:
408.178 1. Each Deputy Director:
(a) Is in the unclassified service of the State.
(b) Must [hold] :
(1) Hold a [masters] bachelors degree in business, economics or public or business administration [, hold] ;
(2) Hold the degree of bachelor of science in civil, structural, mechanical or industrial engineering [,] ; or [be]
(3) Be a licensed professional engineer.
(c) Must have at least:
(1) Two years of administrative experience as an assistant director or the Chief Engineer; or
(2) Fifteen years of progressively responsible experience in engineering , [or] project management [.] , business or economics.
2. The Chief Engineer:
(a) Is in the unclassified service of the State.
(b) Must be a licensed professional engineer.
(c) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, must have at least 3 years of experience as the final engineering authority for a states agency which has duties similar to those of the Department.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2029 (CHAPTER 310, AB 486)κ
3. If the Director or the Deputy Director appointed pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1 of NRS 408.175 is a licensed professional engineer, he or she may also act as the Departments Chief Engineer.
Sec. 1.3. NRS 408.3195 is hereby amended to read as follows:
408.3195 1. Before the Department submits a proposal for a highway project to the Board for approval, the Department shall prepare a written analysis of the costs and benefits of the project. The analysis must state, for each highway district in which the project is proposed:
(a) The limits of the project;
(b) The period of analysis;
(c) The discount rate used in the analysis;
(d) The initial costs of the Department for the project, including any costs for design, engineering, the acquisition of land and construction;
(e) The future costs of the Department to preserve and maintain the project, discounted to present value;
(f) Any other costs of the Department for any other construction or any mitigation associated with the project;
(g) The costs to highway users for any loss of safety, delays in the time of travel and costs for the operation of vehicles that are associated with the project;
(h) The costs of any environmental impacts, including vehicle emissions and noise, that are associated with the project; and
(i) The value of the benefits of the project, including the value of any:
(1) Savings in the time of travel;
(2) Improvements to safety; and
(3) Savings in the cost of operating vehicles.
2. The analysis required by this section:
(a) Must include a discussion of [any] :
(1) Any additional increases in costs that would result from any delays in the performance of any routine maintenance scheduled under the maintenance program of the Department; and
(2) The number of wildlife-vehicle collisions in the highway district and the value of any mitigation of wildlife-vehicle collisions from the design, construction and use of wildlife crossings;
(b) May include a discussion of:
(1) The costs of the project for any other persons and governmental agencies;
(2) The value of any other social, economic or environmental benefits or costs of the project; and
(3) Any costs or benefits which may result from the use of any alternative design, construction or financing practices; and
(c) Must be prepared in a format that allows for the comparison of proposed highway projects.
3. The analysis required by this section must be made available to the Board and the public when the agenda is posted for the meeting at which the proposal will be submitted to the Board for its approval.
4. As used in this section, highway project means a project that is expected to increase the capacity of the state highway system and cost at least [$25 million.] $50,000,000.
Secs. 1.5 and 2. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 3. This act becomes effective on July 1, 2025.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2030κ
Assembly Bill No. 478Committee on Government Affairs
CHAPTER 311
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to construction; setting forth certain limitations on a board of county commissioners or the governing body of a city in adopting an ordinance restricting the hours in which construction work may begin during certain times of the year; revising certain prohibitions on a declarant-controlled common-interest community from restricting the hours that construction work may begin during certain times of the year; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law provides that if the board of county commissioners in a county whose population is 700,000 or more (currently only Clark County) or the governing body of a city which is located in such a county (currently the cities of Boulder City, Henderson, Las Vegas, Mesquite and North Las Vegas) adopts an ordinance restricting the hours in which construction work may begin in a common-interest community, the hours for construction work in a declarant-controlled common-interest community must be allowed to begin at, but not earlier than, 5 a.m. during the period beginning on April 1 and ending on September 30. (NRS 244.3679, 268.4137) Sections 3.3 and 3.5 of this bill provide that, regardless of the population of the county, if a board or governing body adopts an ordinance restricting the hours in which construction work may begin, the hours for construction work on any project that is more than 300 feet from an occupied residential unit must be allowed to begin by 5 a.m. during the period beginning on April 1 and ending on September 30.
Existing law provides that if, in a county whose population is 700,000 or more (currently only Clark County), the governing body of the county or city adopts an ordinance restricting the hours in which construction work may begin, a declarant-controlled common-interest community must not restrict the hours that construction work may begin in the declarant-controlled common-interest community during the period beginning on April 1 and ending on September 30 to hours other than those set forth in the ordinance. (NRS 116.347) Section 3.6 of this bill applies such authorization to the governing body of a county or city regardless of the population of the county.
Section 3.7 of this bill provides that if, on the effective date of this bill, the board of county commissioners or the governing body of a city has adopted an ordinance restricting the hours in which construction work may begin and the ordinance does not allow construction work more than 300 feet from an occupied residential unit to begin by 5 a.m. during the period beginning on April 1 and ending on September 30, the ordinance is void and unenforceable. Section 3.7 further provides that any provision in a governing document of an executive board of a common-interest community or a plan for the development of a planned development which is more restrictive than the provisions of this bill is void and unenforceable.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Sections 1-3. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 3.3. Chapter 244 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. If the board of county commissioners adopts an ordinance restricting the hours in which construction work may begin, the hours for construction work on any project that is more than 300 feet from an occupied residential unit must be allowed to begin by 5 a.m.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2031 (CHAPTER 311, AB 478)κ
construction work on any project that is more than 300 feet from an occupied residential unit must be allowed to begin by 5 a.m. during the period beginning on April 1 and ending on September 30.
2. As used in this section, residential unit means a single-family residence or an individual residential unit within a larger building, including, without limitation, a condominium, townhouse, duplex or other multifamily dwelling. The term does not include a time share or other unit that is subject to the provisions of chapter 119A of NRS.
Sec. 3.5. Chapter 268 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. If the governing body of a city adopts an ordinance restricting the hours in which construction work may begin, the hours for construction work on any project that is more than 300 feet from an occupied residential unit must be allowed to begin by 5 a.m. during the period beginning on April 1 and ending on September 30.
2. As used in this section, residential unit means a single-family residence or an individual residential unit within a larger building, including, without limitation, a condominium, townhouse, duplex or other multifamily dwelling. The term does not include a time share or other unit that is subject to the provisions of chapter 119A of NRS.
Sec. 3.6. NRS 116.347 is hereby amended to read as follows:
116.347 1. If [, in a county whose population is 700,000 or more,] the governing body of a county or city in which a declarant-controlled common-interest community is located adopts an ordinance restricting the hours in which construction work may begin, the executive board shall not and the governing documents must not restrict the hours that construction work may begin in the declarant-controlled common-interest community during the period beginning on April 1 and ending on September 30 to hours other than those set forth in the ordinance.
2. The provisions of subsection 1 do not preclude the executive board or the governing documents from restricting the hours that construction work may begin:
(a) If a governing body of a county or city has not adopted an ordinance restricting the hours in which construction work may begin; or
(b) During the period beginning on October 1 and ending on March 31.
[3. If, in a county whose population is less than 700,000, the governing body of a county or city in which a declarant-controlled common-interest community is located adopts an ordinance restricting the hours in which construction work may begin, the executive board shall not and the governing documents must not restrict the hours that construction work may begin in the declarant-controlled common-interest community during the period beginning on May 1 and ending on September 30 to hours other than those set forth in the ordinance.
4. The provisions of subsection 3 do not preclude the executive board or the governing documents from restricting the hours that construction work may begin:
(a) If a governing body of a county or city has not adopted an ordinance restricting the hours in which construction work may begin; or
(b) During the period beginning on October 1 and ending on April 30.]
Sec. 3.7. 1. If, on the effective date of this act, the board of county commissioners or the governing body of a city has adopted an ordinance restricting the hours in which construction work may begin and the ordinance does not allow construction work more than 300 feet from an occupied residential unit to begin by 5 a.m.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2032 (CHAPTER 311, AB 478)κ
does not allow construction work more than 300 feet from an occupied residential unit to begin by 5 a.m. during the period beginning on April 1 and ending on September 30, the ordinance is void and unenforceable.
2. If, on the effective date of this act, any provision in a governing document of an executive board of a common-interest community or a plan approved pursuant to chapter 278A of NRS is more restrictive than the provisions of this act, such provision is void and unenforceable.
3. As used in this section, residential unit means a single-family residence or an individual residential unit within a larger building, including, without limitation, a condominium, townhouse, duplex or other multifamily dwelling. The term does not include a time share or other unit that is subject to the provisions of chapter 119A of NRS.
Sec. 4. This act becomes effective upon passage and approval.
________
Assembly Bill No. 461Assemblymembers Orentlicher and Backus
CHAPTER 312
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to powers of attorney; requiring the Department of Health and Human Services, acting through the Aging and Disability Services Division of the Department, to conduct a program to educate and inform residents of this State concerning planning for long-term care; requesting the Guardianship Commission created by the Nevada Supreme Court to study and make recommendations relating to the Uniform Health-Care Decisions Act; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law requires the Aging and Disability Services Division of the Department of Health and Human Services to provide certain services to aging persons and persons with disabilities. (Chapters 427A and 435 of NRS) Section 60 of this bill requires the Department, through the Division, to conduct a program to educate and inform residents of this State concerning planning for long-term care.
Existing law sets forth provisions governing durable powers of attorney for health care decisions. (NRS 162A.700-162A.870) Under existing law, a person may create an advance health-care directive, which existing law defines as a power of attorney for health care, by using a form set forth in the Uniform Health-Care Decisions Act. (NRS 162A.715, 162A.855) Existing law also contains definitions from the Uniform Health-Care Decisions Act of guardian, health care and nursing home. Section 80.5 of this bill requests that the Guardianship Commission created by the Nevada Supreme Court: (1) examine the remaining provisions of the Uniform Act and the implementation of the Act in other jurisdictions; and (2) make recommendations to the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Health and Human Services concerning the potential enactment of the Uniform Act in this State.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2033 (CHAPTER 312, AB 461)κ
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Sections 1-59 and 59.5. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 60. Chapter 427A of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. The Department, through the Division, shall conduct a program to:
(a) Develop and carry out a public awareness campaign to provide information to the public about the importance of planning for long-term care that provides information relevant to the changing demographics of this State. A public awareness campaign carried out pursuant to this paragraph must engage with various forms of media, including, without limitation, television and digital platforms, to ensure the campaign reaches a wide audience throughout this State.
(b) Create and maintain on the Internet website of the Division comprehensive information on the resources and tools available to residents of this State to assist residents of this State with planning for long-term care.
(c) Coordinate with financial planners, providers of health care, insurance companies and community organizations to provide throughout this State workshops, seminars and educational sessions that provide information on planning for long-term care.
(d) Prepare planning guides, brochures and other printed material and make such material available to the public, community centers and other relevant organizations that may distribute such materials to residents of this State. The materials prepared and made available pursuant to this paragraph must incorporate a range of educational material, including electronic and physical materials, that offer detailed information about options for long-term care, tools for planning for long-term care and financial assistance with long-term care that is available to residents of this State.
2. In carrying out the provisions of subsection 1, the Department, through the Division, shall:
(a) Incorporate best practices from other states and engage a diverse range of stakeholders, including, without limitation, financial planners, providers of health care, insurance companies, senior advocacy groups, nonprofit and grassroots organizations, and local government agencies that work with the elderly population in this State, with an emphasis on engaging with organizations with significant connections to the elderly population in this State and have a thorough understanding of the unique needs and challenges experienced by different segments of the elderly population in this State.
(b) Address specific demographic segments within the elderly population in this State, including, without limitation, persons who are not proficient in the English language, veterans and residents of rural communities, to ensure the inclusivity and accessibility of resources.
3. The Department, through the Division, may implement the provisions of subsection 1 in phases, with initial priority given to areas of this State with a high concentration of elderly persons and person with limited access to long-term planning resources.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2034 (CHAPTER 312, AB 461)κ
limited access to long-term planning resources. The Department may select counties in this State to host pilot programs to test and refine outreach and delivery strategies for implementation statewide.
4. The Department, through the Division, shall develop a framework to monitor, evaluate and assess the effectiveness of the program set forth in subsection 1, and to adapt the program as necessary. In monitoring, evaluating, assessing and adapting the program, the Department, through the Division, shall gather input from participants and stakeholders, including, without limitation, nonprofit and grassroots organizations.
5. On or before February 1 of each year, the Administrator shall submit a report to the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal:
(a) In even-numbered years, to the Legislative Commission and the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Health and Human Services; and
(b) In odd-numbered years, to the next regular session of the Legislature.
6. The Division may adopt regulations to carry out the provisions of this section.
Secs. 61-65, 65.5, 66-68, 68.3, 68.5, 68.7, 69, 69.5, 70, 70.3, 70.5, 70.7, 71-73, 73.3, 73.5, 73.7, 74, 74.3, 74.7, 75, 75.5 and 76-80. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 80.5. The Legislature hereby respectfully requests that the Guardianship Commission created by the Nevada Supreme Court:
1. In the normal course of business of the Commission, examine:
(a) The provisions of the Uniform Health-Care Decisions Act that have not been enacted in this State;
(b) The manner in which the Uniform Health-Care Decisions Act has been implemented in other jurisdictions; and
(c) The effects of such implementation in other jurisdictions; and
2. Provide recommendations to the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Health and Human Services, in writing or at a meeting of the Committee, concerning:
(a) Whether any or all of the provisions of the Uniform Health-Care Decisions Act which have not yet been enacted in this State should be enacted;
(b) If the Commission recommends the enactment of any additional provisions of the Uniform Health-Care Decisions Act in this State, any modifications to those provisions that the Commission deems advisable;
(c) The potential benefits and drawbacks of enacting any or all of the provisions of the Uniform Health-Care Decisions Act in this State; and
(d) Any other subjects related to the Uniform Health-Care Decisions Act, as the Commission deems advisable.
Sec. 81. The provisions of subsection 1 of NRS 218D.380 do not apply to any provision of this act which adds or revises a requirement to submit a report to the Legislature.
Sec. 82. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 83. This act becomes effective upon passage and approval.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2035κ
Assembly Bill No. 454Assemblymembers Nadeem; Dalia, DSilva, Jackson, Karris, Nguyen and Orentlicher
CHAPTER 313
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to education; requiring an emergency operations plan development committee for public and private schools to create a plan for responding to certain medical emergencies relating to the heart; authorizing the board of trustees of a school district, the governing body of a charter school or the governing body of a private school to include certain providers of health care as members of such a committee; requiring the governing body of a charter school to establish a plan for certain personnel to obtain training and certification in the administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation; establishing requirements for certain training and certification for coaches, managers and athletic trainers; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law requires the board of trustees of each school district to establish a plan for teachers and other licensed educational personnel in the school district who teach or supervise pupils in physical education to obtain training and certification in the administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation. (NRS 391.092) Section 1.5 of this bill additionally requires the governing body of a charter school to establish such a plan. Section 1.4 of this bill makes a conforming change to indicate the applicability of that requirement to charter schools.
Existing regulations require coaches of a school team participating in an interscholastic activity or event governed by the Nevada Interscholastic Activities Association to be certified in cardiopulmonary resuscitation and to complete certain training in administering first aid. (NAC 385B.798) Section 1.5 requires each coach, manager or athletic trainer in a school district or at a charter school who is not a pupil to obtain training and certification in the administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Section 5 of this bill applies this requirement to each coach, manager or athletic trainer at a private school who is not a pupil.
Existing law requires the board of trustees of each school district, the governing body of each charter school and the governing body of each private school to establish an emergency operations plan development committee to develop a plan for responding to certain emergencies in each school. (NRS 388.241, 388.243, 394.1685, 394.1687) Sections 1.3 and 8.7 of this bill require a plan developed by such a committee for a public school or private school, respectively, to include a plan for immediately responding to an emergency involving the heart, including, without limitation, a person in cardiac arrest. Sections 1 and 8.3 of this bill provide that the membership of such a committee at a public school or private school, respectively, may include a provider of health care who has specific skills, training and experience in responding to medical emergencies involving the heart.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. NRS 388.241 is hereby amended to read as follows:
388.241 1. The board of trustees of each school district shall establish an emergency operations plan development committee to develop one plan, which constitutes the minimum requirements of a plan, to be used by all the public schools other than the charter schools in the school district in responding to a crisis, emergency or suicide and all other hazards.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2036 (CHAPTER 313, AB 454)κ
which constitutes the minimum requirements of a plan, to be used by all the public schools other than the charter schools in the school district in responding to a crisis, emergency or suicide and all other hazards. The governing body of each charter school shall establish an emergency operations plan development committee to develop a plan, which constitutes the minimum requirements of a plan, to be used by the charter school in responding to a crisis, emergency or suicide and all other hazards.
2. The membership of an emergency operations plan development committee must consist of:
(a) At least one member of the board of trustees or of the governing body that established the committee;
(b) At least one administrator of a school in the school district or of the charter school;
(c) At least one licensed teacher of a school in the school district or of the charter school;
(d) At least one employee of a school in the school district or of the charter school who is not a licensed teacher and who is not responsible for the administration of the school;
(e) At least one parent or legal guardian of a pupil who is enrolled in a school in the school district or in the charter school and who is not an employee of the school district or charter school;
(f) At least one representative of a local law enforcement agency in the county in which the school district or charter school is located;
(g) At least one school police officer, including, without limitation, a chief of school police of the school district if the school district has school police officers;
(h) At least one representative of a state or local organization for emergency management;
(i) At least one representative of the county or district board of health in the county in which the school district or charter school is located, designated by the county or district board of health; and
(j) At least one mental health professional, including, without limitation:
(1) A counselor of a school in the school district or of the charter school;
(2) A psychologist of a school in the school district or of the charter school; or
(3) A licensed social worker of a school in the school district or of the charter school.
3. The membership of an emergency operations plan development committee may also include any other person whom the board of trustees or the governing body deems appropriate, including, without limitation:
(a) A pupil in grade 10 or higher of a school in the school district or a pupil in grade 10 or higher of the charter school if a school in the school district or the charter school includes grade 10 or higher; [and]
(b) An attorney or judge who resides or works in the county in which the school district or charter school is located [.] ; and
(c) A provider of health care who has specific skills, training and experience in responding to medical emergencies involving the heart.
4. The board of trustees of each school district and the governing body of each charter school shall determine the term of each member of the emergency operations plan development committee that it establishes. Each emergency operations plan development committee may adopt rules for its own management and government.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2037 (CHAPTER 313, AB 454)κ
5. As used in this section, provider of health care means:
(a) A physician or physician assistant licensed pursuant to chapter 630 or 633 of NRS;
(b) A licensed nurse; or
(c) A person who holds a license as an attendant or who is certified as an emergency medical technician, advanced emergency medical technician or paramedic pursuant to chapter 450B of NRS or authorized to practice as an emergency medical technician, advanced emergency medical technician or paramedic in this State under the Recognition of Emergency Medical Services Personnel Licensure Interstate Compact ratified by NRS 450B.145.
Sec. 1.3. NRS 388.243 is hereby amended to read as follows:
388.243 1. Each emergency operations plan development committee established by the board of trustees of a school district shall develop one plan, which constitutes the minimum requirements of a plan, to be used by all the public schools other than the charter schools in the school district in responding to a crisis, emergency or suicide and all other hazards. Each emergency operations plan development committee established by the governing body of a charter school shall develop a plan, which constitutes the minimum requirements of a plan, to be used by the charter school in responding to a crisis, emergency or suicide and all other hazards. Each emergency operations plan development committee shall, when developing the plan:
(a) Consult with local social service agencies and local public safety agencies in the county in which its school district or charter school is located.
(b) If the school district has an emergency manager designated pursuant to NRS 388.262, consult with the emergency manager.
(c) If the school district has school resource officers, consult with the school resource officer or a person designated by him or her.
(d) If the school district has school police officers, consult with the chief of school police of the school district or a person designated by him or her.
(e) Consult with the director of the local organization for emergency management or, if there is no local organization for emergency management, with the Chief of the Division of Emergency Management of the Office of the Military or his or her designee.
(f) Consult with the State Fire Marshal or his or her designee and a representative of a local government responsible for enforcement of the ordinances, codes or other regulations governing fire safety.
(g) Determine which persons and organizations in the community, including, without limitation, a provider of mental health services which is operated by a state or local agency, that could be made available to assist pupils and staff in recovering from a crisis, emergency or suicide.
2. The plan developed pursuant to subsection 1 must include, without limitation:
(a) The plans, procedures and information included in the model plan developed by the Department pursuant to NRS 388.253;
(b) A procedure for responding to a crisis or an emergency and for responding during the period after a crisis or an emergency has concluded, including, without limitation, a crisis or an emergency that results in immediate physical harm to a pupil or employee of a school in the school district or the charter school;
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2038 (CHAPTER 313, AB 454)κ
(c) A procedure for enforcing discipline within a school in the school district or the charter school and for obtaining and maintaining a safe and orderly environment during a crisis or an emergency;
(d) The names of persons and organizations in the community, including, without limitation, a provider of mental health services which is operated by a state or local agency, that are available to provide counseling and other services to pupils and staff of the school to assist them in recovering from a crisis, emergency or suicide;
(e) A plan for making the persons and organizations described in paragraph (d) available to pupils and staff after a crisis, emergency or suicide;
(f) A procedure for responding to a crisis or an emergency that occurs during an extracurricular activity which takes place on school grounds;
(g) A plan which includes strategies to assist pupils and staff at a school in recovering from a suicide;
(h) A description of the organizational structure which ensures there is a clearly defined hierarchy of authority and responsibility used by the school for the purpose of responding to a crisis, emergency or suicide;
(i) If the school district has school police officers, a plan to coordinate with local law enforcement agencies to train school police officers in active assailant movement techniques;
(j) A plan to coordinate with local law enforcement agencies or public safety organizations to provide active assailant trainings to each employee of the school;
(k) A plan to provide support to:
(1) Pupils who have experienced a crisis or emergency by using trauma-informed and age-appropriate resources; and
(2) Members of the faculty and staff who have experienced a crisis or emergency by using trauma-informed resources;
(l) A plan to ensure that members of the faculty and staff and a pupils parents or legal guardians are notified of the occurrence, development and conclusion of a crisis or an emergency through any communication method established by a school, including, without limitation, communicating through text message or electronic mail; [and]
(m) A plan to inform, at least twice each academic year, a pupils parent or legal guardian of any state requirement related to the storage of firearms, including, without limitation, the crimes and penalties described in subsection 5 of NRS 202.300 and 202.3623 [.] ; and
(n) A plan for immediately responding to a medical emergency involving the heart, including, without limitation, a person in cardiac arrest.
3. Each emergency operations plan development committee shall provide for review a copy of the plan that it develops pursuant to this section to the board of trustees of the school district that established the committee or the governing body of the charter school that established the committee.
4. The board of trustees of the school district that established the committee or the governing body of the charter school that established the committee shall submit for review to the Division of Emergency Management of the Office of the Military the plan developed pursuant to this section.
5. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 388.249 and 388.251, each public school must comply with the plan developed for it pursuant to this section.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2039 (CHAPTER 313, AB 454)κ
6. As used in this section:
(a) Active assailant movement techniques means any training in the technical and tactical skills necessary for school police officers to respond to a crisis or emergency concerning an active assailant.
(b) Active assailant training means any training in responding to a crisis or emergency concerning an active assailant that is necessary to evacuate or secure the school.
Sec. 1.4. NRS 389.021 is hereby amended to read as follows:
389.021 1. The State Board shall adopt regulations establishing courses of study and the grade levels for which the courses of study apply for:
(a) The academic subjects set forth in NRS 389.018. A course of study in health prescribed pursuant to paragraph (c) of subsection 3 of NRS 389.018 must, for pupils enrolled in middle school, junior high school or high school, including, without limitation, pupils enrolled in those grade levels at a charter school, include instruction in:
(1) The administration of hands-only or compression-only cardiopulmonary resuscitation, including a psychomotor skill-based component, according to the guidelines of the American Red Cross or American Heart Association;
(2) The use of an automated external defibrillator; and
(3) Organ and tissue donation, including, without limitation:
(I) How to register as a donor and the rules governing donor gifts in this State pursuant to NRS 451.500 to 451.598, inclusive;
(II) The societal and individual benefits of organ and tissue donation; and
(III) Facts about organ and tissue donation.
(b) Citizenship and physical training for pupils enrolled in high school.
(c) Physiology, hygiene and, except as otherwise prescribed by paragraph (a), cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
(d) The prevention of suicide.
(e) Instruction relating to child abuse.
(f) The economics of the American system of free enterprise.
(g) American Sign Language.
(h) Environmental education.
(i) Adult roles and responsibilities.
Κ A course of study established for paragraph (a) may include one or more of the subjects listed in paragraphs (b) to (i), inclusive.
2. A teacher who provides instruction pursuant to subparagraphs (1) and (2) of paragraph (a) of subsection 1 is not required to hold certification in the administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation unless required by the board of trustees of the school district [pursuant to NRS 391.092] or [by] the governing body of the charter school [.] pursuant to NRS 391.092.
3. The board of trustees of the school district, the governing body of the charter school or the governing body of the university school for profoundly gifted pupils may collaborate with entities to assist in the provision of the instruction required pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1 and the provision of equipment necessary for the instruction, including, without limitation, fire departments, hospitals, colleges and universities and public health agencies.
4. A pupil who is enrolled in a course of study in health through a program of distance education or a pupil with a disability who cannot perform the tasks included in the instruction required pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1 is not required to complete the instruction to pass the course of study in health.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2040 (CHAPTER 313, AB 454)κ
perform the tasks included in the instruction required pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1 is not required to complete the instruction to pass the course of study in health.
Sec. 1.5. NRS 391.092 is hereby amended to read as follows:
391.092 1. The board of trustees of each school district [:] and the governing body of each charter school:
(a) Shall establish a plan for the teachers and other licensed educational personnel in the school district or charter school, as applicable, who teach or supervise pupils in physical education [;] and each coach, manager or athletic trainer in the school district or charter school who is not a pupil; and
(b) May establish a plan for the teachers and other licensed educational personnel in the school district or charter school, as applicable, who teach or supervise pupils in courses of study or activities other than physical education which involve a high risk that cardiopulmonary resuscitation will need to be administered during the course of study or activity,
Κ to receive the training which is necessary for certification in the administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
2. A plan established by the board of trustees pursuant to subsection 1 must:
(a) Comply with the guidelines established by the American National Red Cross or the American Heart Association for the certification of persons in the administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation;
(b) Set forth the courses of study and activities offered at schools within the district or the charter school, as applicable, other than physical education which involve a high risk that cardiopulmonary resuscitation will need to be administered during the course of study or activity, including, without limitation, laboratory sciences, vocational education, special education, competitive sports and the transportation of pupils; and
(c) Set forth an estimation of the time and resources necessary for all personnel of the district or charter school, as applicable, to obtain certification in the administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
3. The board of trustees of each school district and the governing body of each charter school shall submit to the State Board any plan that it establishes pursuant to subsection 1.
4. A teacher or other person who:
(a) Is licensed pursuant to this chapter; and
(b) Teaches or supervises:
(1) Physical education; or
(2) A course of study or an activity that the board of trustees of the school district in which the person is employed or the charter school at which the person is employed has identified as involving a high risk that cardiopulmonary resuscitation will need to be administered during the course of study or activity and for which the board of trustees or governing body, as applicable, has established a plan pursuant to subsection 1,
Κ shall establish and maintain current certification in the administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation in accordance with the plan established by the board of trustees [.] or governing body, as applicable.
5. A coach, manager or other person who is associated with a school athletic activity in the school district or charter school and who is not a pupil shall establish and maintain current certification in the administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation in accordance with the plan established by the board of trustees or governing body, as applicable.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2041 (CHAPTER 313, AB 454)κ
6. The board of trustees of a school district or the governing body of a charter school may enter into an agreement with a local fire department, a local law enforcement agency or a nonprofit organization to provide the training and certification required by the plan.
7. As used in this section, school athletic activity means:
(a) An interscholastic activity or event governed by the Nevada Interscholastic Activities Association pursuant to chapter 385B of NRS;
(b) Any other interscholastic athletic activity or event involving an organized athletic game or competition against another team or entity; or
(c) Any practice or preparation for an interscholastic activity or event described in paragraph (a) or (b).
Sec. 2. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 3. Chapter 394 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 4 and 5 of this act.
Sec. 4. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 5. 1. The governing body of each private school that operates as a high school shall establish a plan for each coach, manager or athletic trainer of the private school who is not a pupil to receive the training which is necessary for certification in the administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
2. A plan established by the governing body of a private school pursuant to subsection 1 must:
(a) Comply with the guidelines established by the American National Red Cross or the American Heart Association for the certification of persons in the administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation; and
(b) Set forth an estimation of the time and resources necessary for coaches, managers and other persons associated with a school athletic activity of the private school who are not pupils to obtain certification in the administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
3. A coach, manager or other person who is associated with a school athletic activity of the private school and who is not a pupil shall establish and maintain current certification in the administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation in accordance with the plan established by the governing body of the private school.
4. The governing body of a private school may enter into an agreement with a local fire department, a local law enforcement agency or a nonprofit organization to provide the training and certification required by the plan.
5. As used in this section, school athletic activity means:
(a) An interscholastic activity or event governed by the Nevada Interscholastic Activities Association pursuant to chapter 385B or NRS;
(b) Any other interscholastic athletic activity or event involving an organized athletic game or competition against another team or entity; or
(c) Any practice or preparation for an interscholastic activity or event described in paragraph (a) or (b).
Secs. 6-8. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 8.3. NRS 394.1685 is hereby amended to read as follows:
394.1685 1. The governing body of each private school shall establish an emergency operations plan development committee to develop a plan to be used by the private school in responding to a crisis, emergency or suicide and all other hazards.
2. The membership of an emergency operations plan development committee consists of:
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2042 (CHAPTER 313, AB 454)κ
(a) At least one member of the governing body;
(b) At least one administrator of the school;
(c) At least one teacher of the school;
(d) At least one employee of the school who is not a teacher and who is not responsible for the administration of the school;
(e) At least one parent or legal guardian of a pupil who is enrolled in the school and who is not an employee of the school;
(f) At least one representative of a local law enforcement agency in the county in which the school is located; and
(g) At least one representative of a state or local organization for emergency management.
3. The membership of an emergency operations plan development committee may also include any other person whom the governing body deems appropriate, including, without limitation:
(a) A counselor of the school;
(b) A psychologist of the school;
(c) A licensed social worker of the school;
(d) A pupil in grade 10 or higher of the school if the school includes grade 10 or higher; [and]
(e) An attorney or judge who resides or works in the county in which the school is located [.] ; and
(f) A provider of health care who has specific skills, training and experience in responding to medical emergencies involving the heart.
4. The governing body of each private school shall determine the term of each member of the emergency operations plan development committee that it established. Each emergency operations plan development committee may adopt rules for its own management and government.
5. As used in this section, provider of health care means:
(a) A physician or physician assistant licensed pursuant to chapter 630 or 633 of NRS;
(b) A licensed nurse; or
(c) A person who holds a license as an attendant or who is certified as an emergency medical technician, advanced emergency medical technician or paramedic pursuant to chapter 450B of NRS or authorized to practice as an emergency medical technician, advanced emergency medical technician or paramedic in this State under the Recognition of Emergency Medical Services Personnel Licensure Interstate Compact ratified by NRS 450B.145.
Sec. 8.7. NRS 394.1687 is hereby amended to read as follows:
394.1687 1. Each emergency operations plan development committee shall develop a plan to be used by its school in responding to a crisis, emergency or suicide and all other hazards. Each emergency operations plan development committee shall, when developing the plan:
(a) Consult with local social service agencies and local public safety agencies in the county in which its school is located.
(b) Consult with the director of the local organization for emergency management or, if there is no local organization for emergency management, with the Chief of the Division of Emergency Management of the Office of the Military or his or her designee.
2. The plan developed pursuant to subsection 1 must include, without limitation:
(a) The plans, procedures and information included in the model plan developed by the Department pursuant to NRS 388.253;
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2043 (CHAPTER 313, AB 454)κ
(b) A procedure for immediately responding to a crisis or an emergency and for responding during the period after a crisis or an emergency has concluded, including, without limitation, a crisis or an emergency that results in immediate physical harm to a pupil or employee of the school; [and]
(c) A procedure for enforcing discipline within the school and for obtaining and maintaining a safe and orderly environment during a crisis or an emergency [.] ; and
(d) A plan for immediately responding to a medical emergency involving the heart, including, without limitation, a person in cardiac arrest.
3. Each emergency operations plan development committee shall provide for review a copy of the plan that it develops pursuant to this section to the governing body of the school that established the committee.
4. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 394.1691 and 394.1692, each private school must comply with the plan developed for it pursuant to this section.
Sec. 8.9. The provisions of NRS 354.599 do not apply to any additional expenses of a local government that are related to the provisions of this act.
Sec. 9. This act becomes effective on July 1, 2025.
________
Assembly Bill No. 451Assemblymembers Jauregui and ONeill
CHAPTER 314
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to civil immunity; providing immunity from civil liability to licensed firearm dealers and local law enforcement agencies under certain circumstances; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law provides immunity from civil liability to certain persons for acts or omissions under certain circumstances. (Chapter 41 of NRS) This bill extends immunity from civil liability under certain circumstances to a licensed firearm dealer or local law enforcement agency who returns a firearm to the owner of the firearm pursuant to a firearm hold agreement, wherein the licensed firearm dealer or local law enforcement agency: (1) takes possession of the owners firearm at the request of the owner; and (2) returns the firearm to the owner according to the terms of the agreement.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
Whereas, Suicide is a public health crisis affecting countless Nevada families and communities daily; and
Whereas, According to the Office of Suicide Prevention of the Division of Public and Behavioral Health of the Department of Health and Human Services, this State had the highest state rate of suicide from 1999-2015 for people 65 years of age or older; and
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2044 (CHAPTER 314, AB 451)κ
Whereas, Suicide prevention for seniors, veterans, military members, their families and all Nevada residents requires expanded secure, out-of-home storage of firearms to reduce access to lethal means; and
Whereas, Encouraging temporary and voluntary out-of-home storage of firearms is a critical step in reducing suicide risk and saving lives as has been demonstrated by similar acts and programs in other states; and
Whereas, It is the intent of this act and the Legislature to facilitate efforts to reduce the risk of suicide by establishing limited civil liability protections for licensed firearm dealers and local law enforcement agencies who enter into agreements with owners of firearms who are voluntarily seeking to securely store their firearms; now, therefore,
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Chapter 41 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, a licensed firearm dealer or local law enforcement agency is immune from civil liability for any act or omission arising from a firearm hold agreement, including, without limitation, any personal injury or death which results after the return of any firearm to the owner of the firearm at the termination of a firearm hold agreement.
2. A licensed firearm dealer or local law enforcement agency is not immune from civil liability pursuant to subsection 1 if:
(a) An action arising from a firearm hold agreement was the result of gross negligence or reckless or unlawful conduct on the part of the licensed firearm dealer or local law enforcement agency; or
(b) The licensed firearm dealer or local law enforcement agency knew at the time the person sought to retrieve a firearm pursuant to a firearm hold agreement that the person was:
(1) Demonstrating behavior that the person would engage in the unlawful use of the firearm;
(2) Demonstrating behavior that the person would cause harm to himself or herself or another person; or
(3) Prohibited from owning, possessing or having under his or her custody or control any firearm pursuant to NRS 202.360.
3. As used in this section:
(a) Firearm hold agreement means a written or oral agreement between an owner of a firearm and a licensed firearm dealer or local law enforcement agency in which a licensed firearm dealer or local law enforcement agency:
(1) Takes possession of the owners firearm at the request of the owner; and
(2) Returns the firearm to the owner according to the terms of the agreement.
(b) Licensed firearm dealer means a person licensed pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 923(a).
Secs. 2-17. (Deleted by amendment.)
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2045κ
Assembly Bill No. 450Assemblymember Marzola
CHAPTER 315
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to professions; revising requirements to obtain a license as a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor by endorsement; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law provides for the licensure and regulation of marriage and family therapists and clinical professional counselors by the Board of Examiners for Marriage and Family Therapists and Clinical Professional Counselors. (Chapter 641A of NRS) Existing law sets forth procedures by which a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor who is licensed in the District of Columbia or any state or territory of the United States may obtain a license by endorsement to practice in this State. Under existing law, the Board is authorized to issue such a license by endorsement to an applicant who submits to the Board, among other things, proof satisfactory to the Board that the applicant has not been disciplined or investigated by the corresponding regulatory authority of the District of Columbia or the state or territory in which the applicant holds a license as a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor, as applicable. (NRS 641A.242) This bill instead requires, rather than authorizes, the Board to issue such a license by endorsement to an applicant who meets the applicable requirements. This bill additionally eliminates the requirement that an applicant submit proof to the Board that the applicant has not been investigated by the corresponding regulatory authority, thereby making a person who has been investigated by the corresponding regulatory authority, but who has not been disciplined by the authority, eligible to obtain a license by endorsement.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. NRS 641A.242 is hereby amended to read as follows:
641A.242 1. The Board [may] shall issue a license by endorsement to practice as a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor to an applicant who meets the requirements set forth in this section. An applicant may submit to the Board an application for such a license if the applicant holds a corresponding valid and unrestricted license as a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor, as applicable, in the District of Columbia or any state or territory of the United States.
2. An applicant for a license by endorsement pursuant to this section must submit to the Board with his or her application:
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2046 (CHAPTER 315, AB 450)κ
(a) Proof satisfactory to the Board that the applicant:
(1) Satisfies the requirements of subsection 1;
(2) Has not been disciplined [or investigated] by the corresponding regulatory authority of the District of Columbia or the state or territory in which the applicant holds a license as a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor, as applicable; and
(3) Has not been held civilly or criminally liable for malpractice in the District of Columbia or any state or territory of the United States;
(b) A complete set of fingerprints and written permission authorizing the Board to forward the fingerprints to the Central Repository for Nevada Records of Criminal History for submission to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for a report on the applicants background, and to such other law enforcement agencies as the Board deems necessary for a report on the applicants background;
(c) An affidavit stating that the information contained in the application and any accompanying material is true and correct;
(d) The fees prescribed by the Board pursuant to NRS 641A.290 for the application for an initial license and for the initial issuance of a license; and
(e) Any other information required by the Board.
3. Not later than 15 business days after receiving an application for a license by endorsement to practice as a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor pursuant to this section, the Board shall provide written notice to the applicant of any additional information required by the Board to consider the application. Unless the Board denies the application for good cause, the Board shall approve the application and issue a license by endorsement to practice as a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor, as applicable, to the applicant not later than 45 days after receiving all the additional information required by the Board to complete the application.
4. A license by endorsement to practice as a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor may be issued at a meeting of the Board or between its meetings by the President of the Board. Such an action shall be deemed to be an action of the Board.
5. At any time before making a final decision on an application for a license by endorsement pursuant to this section, the Board may, for any reason, grant a provisional license authorizing an applicant to practice as a marriage and family therapist or clinical professional counselor, as applicable, in accordance with regulations adopted by the Board.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2047κ
Assembly Bill No. 448Assemblymember Koenig
CHAPTER 316
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to health care; establishing various requirements relating to providers of vision insurance and providers of vision care; revising provisions relating to certain contracts between a provider of vision insurance and a provider of vision care; prohibiting certain conduct of a provider of vision insurance or provider of vision care which would constitute an unfair or deceptive trade practice in the business of insurance; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law prohibits certain unfair trade practices in the business of insurance. (NRS 686A.010-686A.310) Existing law prohibits an insurer from entering into a contract with a provider of vision care that conditions any rate of reimbursement for vision care on the provider of vision care prescribing certain ophthalmic devices or materials or increases the rate of reimbursement if the provider of vision care prescribes such ophthalmic devices or materials. Existing law also prohibits an insurer from entering into a contract with a provider of vision care that: (1) authorizes the insurer to set or limit the amount that the provider of vision care may charge for vision care that is not reimbursed under the contract; or (2) requires the provider of vision care to use a specific laboratory as the manufacturer of ophthalmic devices or materials provided to a covered person. Finally, existing law requires a provider of vision care to disclose to any covered person an ownership or pecuniary interest of the provider in a supplier of ophthalmic devices or materials before the covered person authorizes the provider to obtain covered eyewear materials from such a supplier. (NRS 686A.135) Existing law authorizes the Commissioner of Insurance to investigate a violation of and enforce those provisions as an unfair or deceptive trade practice. (NRS 686A.020, 686A.160, 686A.170, 686A.183)
Sections 2, 5-7, 9, 11, 13.5, 14, 16, 17, 28, 30, 34.5 and 37 of this bill revise provisions of existing law governing vision care and set forth various definitions, additional requirements and restrictions governing providers of vision insurance. Section 13.5 defines provider of vision insurance to mean a person, including, without limitation, an insurer, who creates, promotes, sells, provides, operates, advertises or administers a vision benefit plan or vision benefit discount plan. Section 16 defines vision benefit plan to mean a policy, contract, certificate or agreement offered by a provider of vision insurance to provide for, deliver payment for, arrange for the payment of, pay for or reimburse any of the costs of vision care. Section 16 specifies that the term includes a standalone vision benefit plan or a health benefit plan that provides coverage for vision care. Section 14 defines vision benefit discount plan to mean a policy, contract, certificate or agreement offered by a provider of vision insurance to an enrollee that solely provides for a discount for covered services or covered materials.
Because an insurer that provides a vision benefit plan constitutes a provider of vision insurance, section 37 revises the provisions of existing law setting forth certain prohibitions on insurers with respect to vision care to replace references to an insurer with references to a provider of vision insurance.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2048 (CHAPTER 316, AB 448)κ
Section 30 prohibits a provider of vision insurance that offers more than one vision benefit plan or vision benefit discount plan from conditioning the participation of a provider of vision care in one plan on his or her participation in any of the other plans of the provider of vision insurance.
Section 34.5 provides that a vision benefit plan, a vision benefit discount plan or a contract between a provider of vision insurance and a provider of vision care that is delivered, issued for delivery or renewed on or after January 1, 2026, has the legal effect of including the provisions required by sections 2-34.5 and 37.
Section 28 prohibits certain actions of a provider of vision insurance relating to certain business practices and billing practices.
Sections 35, 36 and 38-43 of this bill make provisions of existing law which are generally applicable to certain unfair or deceptive trade practices in the business of insurance specifically applicable to the provisions of sections 2-34.5. Sections 43.5-47 of this bill provide that certain entities that provide coverage for vision care, including local governments and the Public Employees Benefits Program, are subject to the provisions of sections 2-34.5.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Chapter 686A of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act.
Sec. 2. As used in NRS 686A.135 and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act, unless the context otherwise requires, the words and terms defined in sections 3 to 17, inclusive, of this act have the meanings ascribed to them in those sections.
Secs. 3 and 4. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 5. Covered material means any material for which:
1. Reimbursement from a provider of vision insurance is provided to a provider of vision care by a vision benefit plan of an enrollee, or for which a reimbursement would be available but for the application of the contractual limitations on deductibles, copayments or coinsurance applicable for the enrollee, regardless of how the materials are listed or described in the definition of benefits in a vision benefit plan of an enrollee; or
2. A discount is provided by a vision benefit discount plan of an enrollee.
Sec. 6. Covered services means the professional work performed by a provider of vision care for which:
1. Reimbursement from a provider of vision insurance is provided to a provider of vision care by a vision benefit plan of an enrollee, or for which a reimbursement would be available but for the application of the contractual plan limitations of deductibles, copayments or coinsurance, regardless of how the services are listed or described in the definition of benefits in a vision benefit plan of an enrollee; or
2. A discount is provided by a vision benefit discount plan of an enrollee.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2049 (CHAPTER 316, AB 448)κ
Sec. 7. Enrollee means any person participating in or entitled to receive covered services or covered materials through a vision benefit plan or vision benefit discount plan that is purchased by the person or provided to the person by another person or a governmental entity.
Sec. 8. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 9. Materials means ophthalmic devices, including, without limitation, lenses, devices containing lenses, artificial intraocular lenses, ophthalmic frames and other lens mounting apparatuses, prisms, lens treatments and coatings, contact lenses, low vision devices, vision therapy devices and prosthetic devices, used to correct, relieve or treat defects or abnormal conditions of the human eye or its adnexa, or any other material authorized for use in chapter 636 of NRS and any regulations adopted pursuant thereto.
Sec. 10. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 11. Provider of vision care means a physician who provides vision care or an optometrist.
Secs. 12 and 13. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 13.5. Provider of vision insurance means a person, including, without limitation, an insurer, who creates, promotes, sells, provides, operates, advertises or administers a vision benefit plan or vision benefit discount plan.
Sec. 14. Vision benefit discount plan means a policy, contract, certificate or agreement offered by a provider of vision insurance to an enrollee that solely provides for a discount for covered services or covered materials.
Sec. 15. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 16. 1. Vision benefit plan means a policy, contract, certificate or agreement offered by a provider of vision insurance to provide for, deliver payment for, arrange for the payment of, pay for or reimburse any of the costs of vision care.
2. The term includes, without limitation:
(a) A policy, contract, certificate or agreement which only pays for or reimburses any of the costs of vision care and is offered or issued separately from any health benefit plan, as defined in NRS 695G.019.
(b) A health benefit plan, as defined in NRS 695G.019, that provides coverage for vision care.
Sec. 17. Vision care means routine ophthalmological evaluation of the eye, including refraction.
Secs. 18-27. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 28. A provider of vision insurance shall not directly or indirectly:
1. Control or attempt to control the professional judgment, manner of practice or practice of a provider of vision care.
2. Employ a provider of vision care to provide a covered service or covered material.
3. Withhold or recoup payment to a provider of vision care for covered services or covered materials which are provided to an enrollee if the enrollee was shown to be eligible on the date that the covered services or covered materials were provided.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2050 (CHAPTER 316, AB 448)κ
4. Reimburse a provider of vision care a different amount for covered services or covered materials because of the choice of the provider of vision care of the:
(a) Optical laboratory.
(b) Source of supplier of:
(1) Contact lenses;
(2) Ophthalmic lenses;
(3) Ophthalmic glasses frames; or
(4) Covered or non-covered services or materials.
(c) Equipment used for patient care.
(d) Membership in a professional trade association.
(e) Software for management of the practice of the provider of vision care, including, without limitation, for maintenance of electronic health or medical records.
(f) Services for billing, filing third-party claims or securely exchanging electronic business documents.
Sec. 29. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 30. A provider of vision insurance that offers more than one vision benefit plan or vision benefit discount plan shall not require a provider of vision care, as a condition of participation in a vision benefit plan or vision benefit discount plan, to participate in any of the other vision benefit plans or vision benefit discount plans of the provider of vision insurance.
Secs. 31-34. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 34.5. A vision benefit plan, a vision benefit discount plan or a contract between a provider of vision insurance and a provider of vision care that is subject to the provisions of this chapter and that is delivered, issued for delivery or renewed on or after January 1, 2026, has the legal effect of including the provisions required by NRS 686A.135 and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act.
Sec. 35. NRS 686A.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
686A.010 The purpose of NRS 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act is to regulate trade practices in the business of insurance in accordance with the intent of Congress as expressed in the Act of Congress approved March 9, 1945, being c. 20, 59 Stat. 33, also designated as 15 U.S.C. §§ 1011 to 1015, inclusive, and Title V of Public Law 106-102, 15 U.S.C. §§ 6801 et seq.
Sec. 36. NRS 686A.020 is hereby amended to read as follows:
686A.020 A person shall not engage in this state in any practice which is defined in NRS 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act as, or determined pursuant to NRS 686A.170 to be, an unfair method of competition or an unfair or deceptive act or practice in the business of insurance.
Sec. 37. NRS 686A.135 is hereby amended to read as follows:
686A.135 1. [An insurer] A provider of vision insurance shall not enter into a contract with a provider of vision care that:
(a) Authorizes the [insurer] provider of vision insurance to set or limit the amount that the provider of vision care may charge for vision care that is not reimbursed under the contract;
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2051 (CHAPTER 316, AB 448)κ
(b) Requires the provider of vision care to use a specific laboratory as the manufacturer of [ophthalmic devices or] materials provided to [covered persons; or] enrollees; or
(c) Conditions any rate of reimbursement for vision care on the provider of vision care prescribing [ophthalmic devices or] materials in which the [insurer] provider of vision insurance has an ownership or other pecuniary interest or increases the rate of reimbursement if the provider of vision care prescribes such [ophthalmic devices or] materials.
2. Before entering into a contract with a provider of vision care to include the provider of vision care in the network of [an insurer,] a provider of vision insurance, the [insurer] provider of vision insurance must provide to the provider of vision care a list of the rates of reimbursement for each service covered by the contract.
3. [An insurer] A provider of vision insurance shall disclose in any [policy of insurance that covers] vision [care] benefit plan or vision benefit discount plan or any description of benefits covered by such a [policy,] plan, whether written or electronic, any ownership or other pecuniary interest of the [insurer] provider of vision insurance in a supplier of [ophthalmic devices or] materials or a provider of vision care. The disclosure must appear in a conspicuous and clear manner.
4. [An insurer] A provider of vision insurance that does not provide reimbursement for specific vision care shall not claim in any advertisement or other material that the [insurer] provider of vision benefit insurance covers that vision care if such vision care is available at a discount or with a copayment or coinsurance in an amount that is in addition to the copayment or coinsurance that [a covered person] an enrollee is typically required to pay for covered services.
5. A provider of vision care shall disclose in writing to any [covered person] enrollee under a [policy of insurance that covers] vision [care] benefit plan or vision benefit discount plan any ownership or other pecuniary interest of the provider of vision care in a supplier of [ophthalmic devices or] materials, including, without limitation, a general disclosure of any rebates or rewards programs, before the [covered person] enrollee authorizes the provider of vision care to obtain covered [eyewear] materials from such a supplier or laboratory that is not contracted with the [insurer] provider of vision insurance providing the [policy of insurance that covers] vision [care.] benefit plan or vision benefit discount plan. The disclosure must appear in a conspicuous and clear manner.
6. Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit [a covered person] an enrollee from using an in-network source or supplier of [ophthalmic devices or] materials as set forth in the [covered persons policy of insurance that covers] vision [care.
7. As used in this section:
(a) Provider of vision care means a physician who provides vision care or an optometrist.
(b) Vision care means:
(1) Routine ophthalmological evaluation of the eye, including refraction.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2052 (CHAPTER 316, AB 448)κ
(2) Ophthalmic devices or materials, including, without limitation, lenses, frames, mountings or other specially fabricated ophthalmic devices.
Κ The term vision care does not include the initiation of treatment or diagnosis pursuant to a program of medical care.] benefit plan or vision benefit discount plan of the enrollee.
Sec. 38. NRS 686A.160 is hereby amended to read as follows:
686A.160 If the Commissioner has cause to believe that any person has been engaged or is engaging, in this state, in any unfair method of competition or any unfair or deceptive act or practice prohibited by NRS 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act and that a proceeding by the Commissioner in respect thereto would be in the interest of the public, the Commissioner may issue and serve upon such person a statement of the charges and a notice of the hearing to be held thereon. The statement of charges and notice of hearing shall comply with the requirements of NRS 679B.320 and shall be served upon such person directly or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
Sec. 39. NRS 686A.170 is hereby amended to read as follows:
686A.170 1. If the Commissioner believes that any person engaged in the insurance business is in the conduct of such business engaging in this state in any method of competition or in any act or practice not defined in NRS 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act which is unfair or deceptive and that a proceeding by the Commissioner in respect thereto would be in the public interest, the Commissioner shall, after a hearing of which notice and of the charges against such person are given to the person, make a written report of the findings of fact relative to such charges and serve a copy thereof upon such person and any intervener at the hearing.
2. If such report charges a violation of NRS 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act, and if such method of competition, act or practice has not been discontinued, the Commissioner may, through the Attorney General, at any time after 20 days after the service of such report cause an action to be instituted in the district court of the county wherein the person resides or has his or her principal place of business to enjoin and restrain such person from engaging in such method, act or practice. The court shall have jurisdiction of the proceeding and shall have power to make and enter appropriate orders in connection therewith and to issue such writs or orders as are ancillary to its jurisdiction or necessary in its judgment to prevent injury to the public pendente lite; but the State of Nevada shall not be required to give security before the issuance of any such order or injunction under this section. If a stenographic record of the proceedings in the hearing before the Commissioner was made, a certified transcript thereof including all evidence taken and the report and findings shall be received in evidence in such action.
3. If the court finds that:
(a) The method of competition complained of is unfair or deceptive;
(b) The proceedings by the Commissioner with respect thereto are to the interest of the public; and
(c) The findings of the Commissioner are supported by the weight of the evidence,
Κ it shall issue its order enjoining and restraining the continuance of such method of competition, act or practice.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2053 (CHAPTER 316, AB 448)κ
4. Either party may appeal from such final judgment or order or decree of court in a like manner as provided for appeals in civil cases.
5. If the Commissioners report made under subsection 1 or order on hearing made under NRS 679B.360 does not charge a violation of NRS 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act, then any intervener in the proceedings may appeal therefrom within the time and in the manner provided in this Code for appeals from the Commissioner generally.
6. Upon violation of any injunction issued under this section, the Commissioner, after a hearing thereon, may impose the appropriate penalties provided for in NRS 686A.187.
Sec. 40. NRS 686A.183 is hereby amended to read as follows:
686A.183 1. After the hearing provided for in NRS 686A.160, the Commissioner shall issue an order on hearing pursuant to NRS 679B.360. If the Commissioner determines that the person charged has engaged in an unfair method of competition or an unfair or deceptive act or practice in violation of NRS 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act, the Commissioner shall order the person to cease and desist from engaging in that method of competition, act or practice, and may order one or both of the following:
(a) If the person knew or reasonably should have known that he or she was in violation of NRS 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act, payment of an administrative fine of not more than $5,000 for each act or violation, except that as to licensed agents, brokers, solicitors and adjusters, the administrative fine must not exceed $500 for each act or violation.
(b) Suspension or revocation of the persons license if the person knew or reasonably should have known that he or she was in violation of NRS 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive [.] , and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act.
2. Until the expiration of the time allowed for taking an appeal, pursuant to NRS 679B.370, if no petition for review has been filed within that time, or, if a petition for review has been filed within that time, until the official record in the proceeding has been filed with the court, the Commissioner may, at any time, upon such notice and in such manner as the Commissioner deems proper, modify or set aside, in whole or in part, any order issued by him or her under this section.
3. After the expiration of the time allowed for taking an appeal, if no petition for review has been filed, the Commissioner may at any time, after notice and opportunity for hearing, reopen and alter, modify or set aside, in whole or in part, any order issued by him or her under this section whenever in the opinion of the Commissioner conditions of fact or of law have so changed as to require such action or if the public interest so requires.
Sec. 41. NRS 686A.520 is hereby amended to read as follows:
686A.520 1. The provisions of NRS 683A.341, 683A.451, 683A.461 and 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act apply to companies.
2. For the purposes of subsection 1, unless the context requires that a section apply only to insurers, any reference in those sections to insurer must be replaced by a reference to company.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2054 (CHAPTER 316, AB 448)κ
Sec. 42. NRS 689.160 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689.160 1. The provisions of NRS 683A.341, 683A.451, 683A.461 and 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act apply to agents and sellers.
2. For the purposes of subsection 1, unless the context requires that a section apply only to insurers, any reference in those sections to insurer must be replaced by a reference to agent and seller.
3. The provisions of NRS 679B.230 to 679B.300, inclusive, apply to sellers. Unless the context requires that a provision apply only to insurers, any reference in those sections to insurer must be replaced by a reference to seller.
4. The provisions of NRS 683A.301 apply to applicants for and holders of a sellers certificate of authority. Unless the context requires that a provision apply only to an applicant for or holder of a license as a producer of insurance, any reference in that section to:
(a) An applicant for a license as a producer of insurance must be replaced by a reference to an applicant for a sellers certificate of authority; and
(b) A licensee must be replaced by a reference to a holder of a sellers certificate of authority.
Sec. 43. NRS 689.595 is hereby amended to read as follows:
689.595 1. The provisions of NRS 683A.341, 683A.451, 683A.461 and 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act apply to agents and sellers.
2. For the purposes of subsection 1, unless the context requires that a section apply only to insurers, any reference in those sections to insurer must be replaced by a reference to agent and seller.
3. The provisions of NRS 679B.230 to 679B.300, inclusive, apply to sellers. Unless the context requires that a provision apply only to insurers, any reference in those sections to insurer must be replaced by a reference to seller.
4. The provisions of NRS 683A.301 apply to applicants for and holders of a sellers permit. Unless the context requires that a provision apply only to an applicant for or a holder of a license as a producer of insurance, any reference in that section to:
(a) An applicant for a license as a producer of insurance must be replaced by a reference to an applicant for a sellers permit; and
(b) A licensee must be replaced by a reference to a holder of a sellers permit.
Sec. 43.5. NRS 695B.320 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695B.320 1. Nonprofit hospital and medical or dental service corporations are subject to the provisions of this chapter, and to the provisions of chapters 679A and 679B of NRS, subsections 2, 4, 17, 18 and 30 of NRS 680B.010, NRS 680B.025 to 680B.060, inclusive, chapter 681B of NRS, NRS 686A.010 to 686A.315, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act, 686B.010 to 686B.175, inclusive, 687B.010 to 687B.040, inclusive, 687B.070 to 687B.140, inclusive, 687B.150, 687B.160, 687B.180, 687B.200 to 687B.255, inclusive, 687B.270, 687B.310 to 687B.380, inclusive, 687B.410, 687B.420, 687B.430, 687B.500 and chapters 692B, 692C, 693A and 696B of NRS, to the extent applicable and not in conflict with the express provisions of this chapter.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2055 (CHAPTER 316, AB 448)κ
2. For the purposes of this section and the provisions set forth in subsection 1, a nonprofit hospital and medical or dental service corporation is included in the meaning of the term insurer.
Sec. 44. NRS 695C.300 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695C.300 1. No health maintenance organization or representative thereof may cause or knowingly permit the use of advertising which is untrue or misleading, solicitation which is untrue or misleading or any form of evidence of coverage which is deceptive. For purposes of this chapter:
(a) A statement or item of information shall be deemed to be untrue if it does not conform to fact in any respect which is or may be significant to an enrollee of, or person considering enrollment in, a health care plan.
(b) A statement or item of information shall be deemed to be misleading, whether or not it may be literally untrue if, in the total context in which such statement is made or such item of information is communicated, such statement or item of information may be reasonably understood by a reasonable person not possessing special knowledge regarding health care coverage, as indicating any benefit or advantage or the absence of any exclusion, limitation or disadvantage of possible significance to an enrollee of, or person considering enrollment in, a health care plan if such benefit or advantage or absence of limitation, exclusion or disadvantage does not in fact exist.
(c) An evidence of coverage shall be deemed to be deceptive if the evidence of coverage taken as a whole, and with consideration given to typography and format as well as language, shall be such as to cause a reasonable person not possessing special knowledge regarding health care plans and evidences of coverage therefor to expect benefits, services, charges or other advantages which the evidence of coverage does not provide or which the health care plan issuing such evidence of coverage does not regularly make available for enrollees covered under such evidence of coverage.
2. NRS 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act shall be construed to apply to health maintenance organizations, health care plans and evidences of coverage except to the extent that the nature of health maintenance organizations, health care plans and evidences of coverage render the sections therein clearly inappropriate.
3. An enrollee may not be cancelled or not renewed except for the failure to pay the charge for such coverage or for cause as determined in the master contract.
4. No health maintenance organization, unless licensed as an insurer, may use in its name, contracts, or literature any of the words insurance, casualty, surety, mutual or any other words descriptive of the insurance, casualty or surety business or deceptively similar to the name or description of any insurance or surety corporation doing business in this State.
5. No person not certificated under this chapter shall use in its name, contracts or literature the phrase health maintenance organization or the initials HMO.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2056 (CHAPTER 316, AB 448)κ
Sec. 45. NRS 695F.090 is hereby amended to read as follows:
695F.090 1. Prepaid limited health service organizations are subject to the provisions of this chapter and to the following provisions, to the extent reasonably applicable:
(a) NRS 686B.010 to 686B.175, inclusive, concerning rates and essential insurance.
(b) NRS 687B.310 to 687B.420, inclusive, concerning cancellation and nonrenewal of policies.
(c) NRS 687B.122 to 687B.128, inclusive, concerning readability of policies.
(d) The requirements of NRS 679B.152.
(e) The fees imposed pursuant to NRS 449.465.
(f) NRS 686A.010 to 686A.310, inclusive, and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act concerning trade practices and frauds.
(g) The assessment imposed pursuant to NRS 679B.700.
(h) Chapter 683A of NRS.
(i) To the extent applicable, the provisions of NRS 689B.340 to 689B.580, inclusive, and chapter 689C of NRS relating to the portability and availability of health insurance.
(j) NRS 689A.035, 689A.0463, 689A.410, 689A.413 and 689A.415.
(k) NRS 680B.025 to 680B.060, inclusive, concerning premium tax, premium tax rate, annual report and estimated quarterly tax payments. For the purposes of this paragraph, unless the context otherwise requires that a section apply only to insurers, any reference in those sections to insurer must be replaced by a reference to prepaid limited health service organization.
(l) Chapter 692C of NRS, concerning holding companies.
(m) NRS 689A.637, concerning health centers.
(n) Chapter 681B of NRS, concerning assets and liabilities.
(o) NRS 682A.400 to 682A.468, inclusive, concerning investments.
2. For the purposes of this section and the provisions set forth in subsection 1, a prepaid limited health service organization is included in the meaning of the term insurer.
Sec. 46. NRS 287.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
287.010 1. The governing body of any county, school district, municipal corporation, political subdivision, public corporation or other local governmental agency of the State of Nevada may:
(a) Adopt and carry into effect a system of group life, accident or health insurance, or any combination thereof, for the benefit of its officers and employees, and the dependents of officers and employees who elect to accept the insurance and who, where necessary, have authorized the governing body to make deductions from their compensation for the payment of premiums on the insurance.
(b) Purchase group policies of life, accident or health insurance, or any combination thereof, for the benefit of such officers and employees, and the dependents of such officers and employees, as have authorized the purchase, from insurance companies authorized to transact the business of such insurance in the State of Nevada, and, where necessary, deduct from the compensation of officers and employees the premiums upon insurance and pay the deductions upon the premiums.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2057 (CHAPTER 316, AB 448)κ
(c) Provide group life, accident or health coverage through a self-insurance reserve fund and, where necessary, deduct contributions to the maintenance of the fund from the compensation of officers and employees and pay the deductions into the fund. The money accumulated for this purpose through deductions from the compensation of officers and employees and contributions of the governing body must be maintained as an internal service fund as defined by NRS 354.543. The money must be deposited in a state or national bank or credit union authorized to transact business in the State of Nevada. Any independent administrator of a fund created under this section is subject to the licensing requirements of chapter 683A of NRS, and must be a resident of this State. Any contract with an independent administrator must be approved by the Commissioner of Insurance as to the reasonableness of administrative charges in relation to contributions collected and benefits provided. The provisions of NRS 439.581 to 439.597, inclusive, 686A.135 [,] and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act, 687B.352, 687B.408, 687B.692, 687B.723, 687B.725, 687B.805, 689B.030 to 689B.0317, inclusive, paragraphs (b) and (c) of subsection 1 of NRS 689B.0319, subsections 2, 4, 6 and 7 of NRS 689B.0319, 689B.033 to 689B.0369, inclusive, 689B.0375 to 689B.050, inclusive, 689B.0675, 689B.265, 689B.287 and 689B.500 apply to coverage provided pursuant to this paragraph, except that the provisions of NRS 689B.0378, 689B.03785 and 689B.500 only apply to coverage for active officers and employees of the governing body, or the dependents of such officers and employees.
(d) Defray part or all of the cost of maintenance of a self-insurance fund or of the premiums upon insurance. The money for contributions must be budgeted for in accordance with the laws governing the county, school district, municipal corporation, political subdivision, public corporation or other local governmental agency of the State of Nevada.
2. If a school district offers group insurance to its officers and employees pursuant to this section, members of the board of trustees of the school district must not be excluded from participating in the group insurance. If the amount of the deductions from compensation required to pay for the group insurance exceeds the compensation to which a trustee is entitled, the difference must be paid by the trustee.
3. In any county in which a legal services organization exists, the governing body of the county, or of any school district, municipal corporation, political subdivision, public corporation or other local governmental agency of the State of Nevada in the county, may enter into a contract with the legal services organization pursuant to which the officers and employees of the legal services organization, and the dependents of those officers and employees, are eligible for any life, accident or health insurance provided pursuant to this section to the officers and employees, and the dependents of the officers and employees, of the county, school district, municipal corporation, political subdivision, public corporation or other local governmental agency.
4. If a contract is entered into pursuant to subsection 3, the officers and employees of the legal services organization:
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2058 (CHAPTER 316, AB 448)κ
(a) Shall be deemed, solely for the purposes of this section, to be officers and employees of the county, school district, municipal corporation, political subdivision, public corporation or other local governmental agency with which the legal services organization has contracted; and
(b) Must be required by the contract to pay the premiums or contributions for all insurance which they elect to accept or of which they authorize the purchase.
5. A contract that is entered into pursuant to subsection 3:
(a) Must be submitted to the Commissioner of Insurance for approval not less than 30 days before the date on which the contract is to become effective.
(b) Does not become effective unless approved by the Commissioner.
(c) Shall be deemed to be approved if not disapproved by the Commissioner within 30 days after its submission.
6. As used in this section, legal services organization means an organization that operates a program for legal aid and receives money pursuant to NRS 19.031.
Sec. 47. NRS 287.04335 is hereby amended to read as follows:
287.04335 If the Board provides health insurance through a plan of self-insurance, it shall comply with the provisions of NRS 439.581 to 439.597, inclusive, 686A.135 [,] and sections 2 to 34.5, inclusive, of this act, 687B.352, 687B.409, 687B.692, 687B.723, 687B.725, 687B.805, 689B.0353, 689B.255, 695C.1723, 695G.150, 695G.155, 695G.160, 695G.162, 695G.1635, 695G.164, 695G.1645, 695G.1665, 695G.167, 695G.1675, 695G.170 to 695G.1712, inclusive, 695G.1714 to 695G.174, inclusive, 695G.176, 695G.177, 695G.200 to 695G.230, inclusive, 695G.241 to 695G.310, inclusive, 695G.405 and 695G.415, in the same manner as an insurer that is licensed pursuant to title 57 of NRS is required to comply with those provisions.
Sec. 48. The amendatory provisions of this act do not apply to any contract or agreement existing on January 1, 2026, until the contract or agreement is renewed.
Sec. 49. The provisions of NRS 354.599 do not apply to any additional expenses of a local government that are related to the provisions of this act.
Sec. 50. This act becomes effective on January 1, 2026.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2059κ
Assembly Bill No. 439Assemblymember Cole
CHAPTER 317
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to unmanned aerial vehicles; revising provisions concerning the purchase or acquisition of certain unmanned aerial vehicles or other related equipment or services under certain circumstances; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law, in relevant part, requires the Department of Public Safety to adopt regulations to establish a list of countries, businesses and entities from which a public agency or law enforcement agency is prohibited from purchasing or acquiring any unmanned aerial vehicle or other equipment or service relating to the operation of an unmanned aerial vehicle. (NRS 493.118) This bill provides that a public agency or law enforcement agency may purchase or acquire any unmanned aerial vehicle or other equipment or service relating to the operation of an unmanned aerial vehicle from a business or entity that would otherwise be contained on the list if: (1) any photograph, image, recording or other information collected by the business or entity is stored and maintained exclusively within the United States and is not accessible to certain third parties; (2) before the purchase or acquisition, the public agency or law enforcement agency determines that the business or entity complies with the information storage and access requirements; and (3) the purchase or acquisition complies with federal law.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. NRS 493.118 is hereby amended to read as follows:
493.118 1. The Department shall, to the extent that money is available for this purpose, establish and maintain a registry of unmanned aerial vehicles that are operated by public agencies in this State. The Department shall include on its Internet website the information that is maintained in the registry.
2. A public agency shall, for each unmanned aerial vehicle the public agency intends to operate, submit to the Department, on a form provided by the Department, for inclusion in the registry:
(a) The name of the public agency;
(b) The name and contact information of each operator of the unmanned aerial vehicle;
(c) Sufficient information to identify the unmanned aerial vehicle; and
(d) A statement describing the use of the unmanned aerial vehicle by the public agency.
3. The Department shall, on or before February 1 of each year, prepare and submit to the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for submission to the Legislature, or to the Legislative Commission when the Legislature is not in regular session, a report outlining the activities of public agencies with respect to the operation of unmanned aerial vehicles in this State.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2060 (CHAPTER 317, AB 439)κ
4. The Department shall adopt regulations prescribing the public purposes for which a public agency may operate an unmanned aerial vehicle that is registered with the Department pursuant to this section, including, without limitation:
(a) The provision of fire services.
(b) The provision of emergency medical services.
(c) The protection of a critical facility that is public property.
(d) Search and rescue operations conducted for persons and property in distress.
5. The regulations adopted by the Department pursuant to subsection 4 must include provisions that:
(a) Authorize, as a public purpose, a public agency to operate an unmanned aerial vehicle that is registered with the Department in order to conduct a scheduled inspection to ensure compliance with building or fire codes or laws, ordinances, regulations or rules adopting or establishing building or fire codes that are enforced by the public agency.
(b) Prohibit a public agency from collecting any photograph, image or recording through the operation of an unmanned aerial vehicle during a scheduled inspection described in paragraph (a). If any photograph, image or recording is collected in violation of such a regulation or if any other information is collected through the operation of an unmanned aerial vehicle during such a scheduled inspection, the photograph, image, recording or other information:
(1) Is not admissible and must not be disclosed in any judicial, administrative or other adjudicatory proceeding other than a proceeding relating to the purpose of the scheduled inspection; and
(2) May not be used to establish reasonable suspicion or probable cause as the basis for the investigation or prosecution of a crime or other offense.
6. In addition to the regulations adopted pursuant to subsection 4, the Department shall adopt regulations to establish:
(a) A list of countries, businesses and entities from which a public agency or law enforcement agency , except as otherwise provided in subsection 8, shall not purchase or acquire any unmanned aerial vehicle or other equipment or service relating to the operation of an unmanned aerial vehicle; and
(b) A list of unmanned aerial vehicles and other related equipment or services that a public agency or law enforcement agency shall not operate, purchase or acquire.
7. The lists established pursuant to subsection 6 must include : [, without limitation:]
(a) Any [country,] business or entity identified by the Secretary of Defense of the United States Department of Defense pursuant to Section 1260H of the William M. (Mac) Thornberry National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2021, Public Law 116-283, any amendments thereto or any subsequent federal law establishing such a list;
(b) Any unmanned aerial vehicle or other equipment or service relating to the operation of an unmanned aerial vehicle sold, manufactured or distributed by an entity identified by the Secretary of Defense of the United States Department of Defense pursuant to Section 1260H of the William M.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2061 (CHAPTER 317, AB 439)κ
(Mac) Thornberry National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2021, Public Law 116-283, any amendments thereto or any subsequent federal law establishing such a list;
(c) Any hardware, software, vendor or service prohibited from being used by a state agency in Nevada by a regulation, guideline or policy adopted by the Office of the Chief Information Officer within the Office of the Governor pursuant to NRS 242.111 and 242.115; and
(d) Any other unmanned aerial vehicle or other equipment or service relating to the operation of an unmanned aerial vehicle, as determined by the Department.
8. A public agency or law enforcement agency may purchase or acquire any unmanned aerial vehicle or other equipment or service relating to the operation of an unmanned aerial vehicle from a business or entity that is identified on the list established pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 6 if:
(a) Any photograph, image, recording or other information collected by the business or entity from the purchase, acquisition or operation of the unmanned aerial vehicle or other equipment or service relating to the operation of the unmanned aerial vehicle:
(1) Is stored and maintained exclusively within the United States; and
(2) Is not accessible to any third party;
(b) Before the purchase or acquisition of the unmanned aerial vehicle or other equipment or service relating to the operation of the unmanned aerial vehicle, the public agency or law enforcement agency has determined that the policies of the business or entity comply with paragraph (a); and
(c) The purchase or acquisition complies with all requirements of federal law, including, without limitation, any restrictions on the use of federal funds.
9. The provisions of subsection 8 shall not be construed to discourage the purchase or acquisition of any unmanned aerial vehicle or other equipment or service relating to the operation of an unmanned aerial vehicle that is manufactured in the United States. To the extent authorized by chapter 332 or 333 of NRS, a public agency or law enforcement agency is encouraged to prioritize the purchase or acquisition of any unmanned aerial vehicle or other equipment or service related to the operation of an unmanned aerial vehicle that is manufactured in the United States.
10. As used in this section, third party includes, without limitation, a person that is domiciled in a foreign country or has its principal place of business in, or is organized under the laws of, a foreign country. The term does not include a governmental entity of the United States.
Sec. 2. This act becomes effective on July 1, 2025.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2062κ
Assembly Bill No. 433Committee on Government Affairs
CHAPTER 318
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to public safety; creating the Purple Ribbon Task Force on Firefighter and Peace Officer Wellness; setting forth the membership and duties of the Task Force; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
This bill creates the Purple Ribbon Task Force on Firefighter and Peace Officer Wellness to review the existing policies of this State concerning personal wellness initiatives that account for the mental and physical health of firefighters, peace officers and other law enforcement personnel. This bill also: (1) prescribes the membership and duties of the Task Force; and (2) requires the Task Force to submit a written report describing its work and recommendations for transmittal to the Senate and Assembly Standing Committees on Government Affairs for the 84th Session of the Legislature.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. 1. The Purple Ribbon Task Force on Firefighter and Peace Officer Wellness is hereby created. The Task Force consists of the following nine members:
(a) Two members appointed by the Majority Leader of the Senate;
(b) One member appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate;
(c) Three members appointed by the Governor;
(d) Two members appointed by the Speaker of the Assembly; and
(e) One member appointed by the Minority Leader of the Assembly.
2. To the extent practicable, membership of the Task Force must include, without limitation:
(a) A representative from a local government;
(b) A representative of an employee organization, as defined in NRS 288.040, that represents peace officers or a labor organization, as defined in NRS 288.048, that represents peace officers;
(c) A resource officer with a behavioral health background;
(e) A representative of an employee organization, as defined in NRS 288.040, that represents firefighters or a labor organization, as defined in NRS 288.048, that represents firefighters.
3. The Task Force shall:
(a) Review the existing policies of this State concerning personal wellness initiatives that account for the mental and physical health of firefighters, peace officers and other law enforcement personnel; and
(b) Recommend personal wellness initiatives for state and local law enforcement agencies and fire departments.
4. The members of the Task Force serve without compensation.
5. Each member of the Task Force who is an officer or employee of the State or a local government must be relieved from his or her duties without loss of regular compensation so that the member may prepare for and attend meetings of the Task Force and perform any work necessary to carry out the duties of the Task Force in the most timely manner practicable.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2063 (CHAPTER 318, AB 433)κ
loss of regular compensation so that the member may prepare for and attend meetings of the Task Force and perform any work necessary to carry out the duties of the Task Force in the most timely manner practicable. A state agency or local government shall not require an officer or employee who is a member of the Task Force to make up the time the member is absent from work to carry out his or her duties as a member, and shall not require the member to take annual vacation or compensatory time for the absence.
6. The Task Force shall, at its first meeting, elect a Chair and Vice Chair from among its members.
7. The Task Force shall meet upon the call of the Chair or a majority of the members of the Task Force.
8. A majority of the members of the Task Force constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business, and a majority of those members present at the meeting is sufficient for any official action taken by the Task Force.
9. The Task Force may apply for and accept any gift, donation, bequest, grant or other source of money to carry out the duties of the Task Force.
Sec. 2. The members of the Purple Ribbon Task Force on Firefighter and Peace Officer Wellness must be appointed pursuant to section 1 of this act not later than October 1, 2025.
Sec. 3. This act becomes effective on July 1, 2025, and expires by limitation on June 30, 2027.
________
Assembly Bill No. 420Assemblymember Gonzαlez
CHAPTER 319
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to education; requiring the board of trustees of certain school districts and the governing body of certain charter schools to prepare and publish an annual report relating to the use of force by school police officers; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law authorizes: (1) the board of trustees of a school district to employ, appoint or contract for the provision of school police officers; and (2) the governing body of a charter school to contract with the board of trustees of the school district in which the charter school is located to provide school police officers. (NRS 388A.384, 391.281)
Section 1 of this bill requires, on or before the first day of each school year, the board of trustees of a school district that employs school police officers and the governing body of a charter school that has entered into a contract for the provision of school police officers to prepare and publish on the Internet website of the school district or charter school, as applicable, a report relating to the use of force by school police officers during the immediately preceding school year. Section 1 also sets forth the requirements for such a report.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2064 (CHAPTER 319, AB 420)κ
Section 5.5 of this bill provides that the first report required pursuant to section 1: (1) is due on or before the first day of the 2026-2027 school year; and (2) must contain the information required pursuant to section 1 for the 2025-2026 school year.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Chapter 391 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. On or before the first day of each school year, the board of trustees of a school district that employs school police officers and the governing body of a charter school that has entered into a contract pursuant to NRS 388A.384 for the provision of school police officers must prepare and publish on the Internet website of the school district or charter school, as applicable, a report relating to the use of force by school police officers during the immediately preceding school year.
2. The report required pursuant to subsection 1 must set forth:
(a) The number of incidents involving the use of force involving the use of:
(1) A baton;
(2) A chemical agent; or
(3) An electronic stun device.
(b) For each incident described in paragraph (a):
(1) The location of the incident, including, without limitation, whether the incident occurred:
(I) On or in the grounds, property, buildings or any other facility of the school district or charter school; or
(II) A location other than the grounds, property, buildings or any other facility of the school district or charter school;
(2) Whether the incident occurred during the school day or at an activity or event sponsored by the school district or charter school; and
(3) Except as otherwise provided in this subparagraph, the rank of each school police officer who used such force and the number of years that each such school police officer has been employed. The provisions of this subparagraph only apply to the report required of the board of trustees of a school district that employs more than 75 school police officers.
(c) The demographic information, including, without limitation, age, race, gender and ethnicity, of the persons upon whom such force was used by school police. All information must be reported in the aggregate and must not include any personally identifiable information.
3. As used in this section:
(a) Baton means a cylindrical instrument that is designed to deliver a blunt force contact or a strike to a person in close proximity.
(b) Chemical agent means any chemical which can rapidly produce sensory irritation or disabling physical effects in humans, which disappear within a short time following termination of exposure. The term includes, without limitation, items commonly referred to as tear gas, pepper spray, pepper balls and oleoresin capsicum.
(c) Electronic stun device means a device that:
(1) Emits an electrical charge or current that is transmitted by projectile, physical contact or other means; and
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2065 (CHAPTER 319, AB 420)κ
(2) Is designed to disable a person or animal temporarily or permanently.
(d) School police officer means a peace officer who:
(1) Is employed by the board of trustees of a school district; or
(2) Provides services to a charter school pursuant to a contract entered into with the board of trustees of a school district pursuant to NRS 388A.384.
Secs. 2-5. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 5.5. The first report required pursuant to section 1 of this act:
1. Is due on or before the first day of the 2026-2027 school year; and
2. Must contain the information required pursuant to section 1 of this act for the 2025-2026 school year.
Sec. 6. This act becomes effective on July 1, 2025.
________
Assembly Bill No. 398Assemblymembers Yeager and Hafen
CHAPTER 320
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to education; requiring the Department of Education to award money to school districts to provide compensation in addition to base pay for hard-to-fill positions in public schools; requiring school districts to report certain information relating to hard-to-fill positions; eliminating the authority in certain large school districts to use weighted funding provided to a school for certain pupils to pay certain hiring and retention incentives; revising the powers of the Subcommittee on Education Accountability of the Interim Finance Committee; making an appropriation to the Interim Finance Committee for allocation to the Department to fund compensation in addition to base pay for hard-to-fill positions in public schools; making an appropriation to provide money to charter schools for salary increases for teachers and education support professionals; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Section 2 of this bill requires the Department of Education, to the extent that money has been appropriated for that purpose, to make awards to school districts to provide compensation, in addition to base pay, for hard-to-fill positions in the public schools of this State. Section 2 defines hard-to-fill position as including: (1) teacher positions at certain Title I schools; and (2) teacher positions and other positions filled by licensed educational personnel whose duties include actively teaching pupils in certain subjects which are suffering from a critical labor shortage. Section 2 requires each school district to submit a biennial report to the Office of Finance in the Office of the Governor and the Interim Finance Committee regarding the number of teachers receiving such additional compensation, the total amount of such additional compensation being provided in the school district and the number of hard-to-fill positions in public schools in the school district. Section 8.9 of this bill imposes certain requirements for the contents of this report which are applicable only to the report that is required to be submitted on or before December 1, 2026.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2066 (CHAPTER 320, AB 398)κ
Existing law requires the Governor, to the extent practicable, to include in the proposed executive budget certain recommendations concerning education funding, including recommendations for the statewide base per pupil funding amount and the multiplier for each category of pupils. (NRS 387.12455) Section 8.1 of this bill additionally requires the Governor, to the extent practicable, to include in the proposed executive budget recommendations for the amount of money to appropriate to the Department to make awards to school districts pursuant to section 2.
Section 8.5 of this bill appropriates $45,000,000 in both Fiscal Year 2025-2026 and Fiscal Year 2026-2027 to the Interim Finance Committee for allocation to the Department to distribute to school districts to provide compensation, in addition to base pay, for hard-to-fill positions in public schools. Section 8.5 establishes certain requirements which must be satisfied before the money is allocated by the Interim Finance Committee.
Under the Pupil-Centered Funding Plan, existing law requires a public school that receives weighted funding for one or more at-risk pupils or pupils who are English learners to use such funding only to provide services to such pupils, which are referred to as Victory services and Zoom services, respectively. (NRS 387.121, 387.12445) Existing law authorizes the use of this weighted funding to provide incentives for hiring and retaining teachers and other licensed educational personnel who provide such services. (NRS 387.12445) Section 8 of this bill eliminates the authority to use weighted funding to pay for such incentives in a school district located in a county whose population is 700,000 or more (currently the Clark County School District).
Existing law creates the Subcommittee on Educational Accountability of the Interim Finance Committee and authorizes the Subcommittee to study various matters related to accountability in public education. (NRS 218E.415) Section 8.3 of this bill additionally authorizes the Subcommittee to study the compensation paid to teachers at public schools to determine whether such compensation is sufficient to ensure competitiveness with other states and optimal educational achievements and outcomes for pupils.
Section 8.7 of this bill appropriates $19,314,297 in both Fiscal Year 2025-2026 and Fiscal Year 2026-2027 to the Interim Finance Committee for allocation to the State Public Charter School Authority to provide money to charter schools for salary increases for teachers and education support professionals. Section 8.7 requires each charter school in this State to submit certain information to the State Public Charter School Authority, including the number of teachers and education support professionals employed by the charter school on October 1, 2024, and October 1, 2025, and a plan to provide such salary increases in each fiscal year. Section 8.7 requires the State Public Charter School Authority to compile and submit such information to the Interim Finance Committee as a condition for receiving an allocation by the Interim Finance Committee from the appropriation made by section 8.7. Section 8.7 provides the method for calculating the amount of money from the appropriation which the State Public Charter School Authority may distribute to each charter school.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Chapter 387 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 2 and 3 of this act.
Sec. 2. 1. To the extent that money has been appropriated for that purpose, the Department shall award money to school districts to provide compensation, in addition to base pay, for hard-to-fill positions in the public schools of this State.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2067 (CHAPTER 320, AB 398)κ
2. It is the intent of the Legislature that the additional compensation for hard-to-fill positions funded pursuant to subsection 1 is a temporary solution to ameliorate the urgent problem of high teacher vacancy rates, which are detrimental to student outcomes.
3. An application by a school district applying for an award of money pursuant to subsection 1 must include:
(a) The total amount of money which the school district is requesting;
(b) The total number of hard-to-fill positions in public schools for which the school district intends to provide additional compensation using the money requested;
(c) Documentation sufficient to demonstrate that each hard-to-fill position for which the school district intends to provide additional compensation using the money requested was filled during the immediately preceding calendar quarter; and
(d) Such other information or documentation as the Department may require.
4. Money awarded to a school district pursuant to subsection 1 is subject to collective bargaining, but may only be used to provide additional compensation for hard-to-fill positions in public schools.
5. Not later than December 1 of each even-numbered year, each school district shall submit a report to the Office of Finance and the Interim Finance Committee that states:
(a) The total number of teachers in the school district receiving additional compensation funded pursuant to this section during the then-current school year;
(b) The total amount of the additional compensation funded from an award made pursuant to this section that is being provided to teachers during the then-current school year; and
(c) The total number of hard-to-fill positions in public schools in the school district.
6. As used in this section:
(a) Hard-to-fill position means:
(1) A teacher position at a Title I school which has:
(I) A vacancy rate for teacher positions of 15 percent or more, if the school is a high school;
(II) A vacancy rate for teacher positions of 12 percent or more, if the school is a middle school or junior high school; or
(III) A vacancy rate for teacher positions of 10 percent or more, if the school is an elementary school.
(2) A teacher position or other position staffed by a person licensed pursuant to chapter 391 of NRS:
(I) Who is the teacher of record assigned to a classroom of pupils; and
(II) Whose duties include actively teaching pupils during a class period, for the majority of class periods during the school day, in English language arts, mathematics, science or special education, if such subjects are suffering from a critical labor shortage, as determined by the board of trustees of the school district.
(b) Public school does not include a public school that is formed pursuant to the provisions of chapter 388A of NRS.
Secs. 3-7. (Deleted by amendment.)
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2068 (CHAPTER 320, AB 398)κ
Sec. 8. NRS 387.12445 is hereby amended to read as follows:
387.12445 1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, each school district shall ensure that all adjusted base per pupil funding received by the school district pursuant to paragraph (c) of subsection 2 of NRS 387.1214 is accounted for separately and, after a deduction for the administrative expenses of the school district in an amount which does not exceed the amount prescribed by the Department by regulation for each school district, be distributed and used as described in this subsection. The adjusted base per pupil funding provided to each school district must:
(a) Be distributed by each school district to its public schools in a manner that ensures each pupil in the school district receives a reasonably equal educational opportunity.
(b) Be used to support the educational needs of all pupils in the school district, including, without limitation, operating each public school in the school district, training and supporting educational personnel and carrying out any program or service established by, or requirement imposed pursuant to, this title for any purpose for which specific funding is not appropriated pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (e) of subsection 2 of NRS 387.1214 or NRS 387.122.
2. If a school district determines that an additional amount of money is necessary to satisfy requirements for maintenance of effort or any other requirement under federal law for pupils with disabilities enrolled in the school district, the school district may transfer the necessary amount of money from the adjusted base per pupil funding received by the school district for that purpose.
3. Each school district shall ensure that all weighted funding received by the school district pursuant to paragraph (e) of subsection 2 of NRS 387.1214 is accounted for separately and distributed directly to each school in which the relevant pupils are estimated to be enrolled.
4. Each public school shall account separately for the local funding for pupils with disabilities received by the public school pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 2 of NRS 387.1214, for the adjusted base per pupil funding received by the public school pursuant to paragraph (c) of subsection 2 of NRS 387.1214, for each category of weighted funding received by the public school pursuant to paragraph (e) of subsection 2 of NRS 387.1214 and for money received from the statewide multiplier pursuant to NRS 387.122. Unless the provisions of subsection 7 or 8 impose greater restrictions on the use of weighted funding by a public school, the public school must use the weighted funding received for each relevant pupil:
(a) As a supplement to the adjusted base per pupil funding received for the pupil; and
(b) Solely for the purpose of providing such additional educational programs, services or support as are necessary to ensure the pupil receives a reasonably equal educational opportunity.
5. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6, the separate accounting required by subsection 4 for pupils with disabilities and gifted and talented pupils must include:
(a) The amount of money provided to the public school for special education; and
(b) The cost of:
(1) Instruction provided by licensed special education teachers and supporting staff;
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2069 (CHAPTER 320, AB 398)κ
(2) Related services, including, without limitation, services provided by psychologists, therapists and health-related personnel;
(3) Transportation of the pupils with disabilities and gifted and talented pupils to and from school;
(4) The direct supervision of educational and supporting programs; and
(5) The supplies and equipment needed for providing special education.
6. Money received from federal sources must be accounted for separately and excluded from the accounting required pursuant to subsection 5.
7. A public school that receives weighted funding for one or more at-risk pupils must use that weighted funding only to provide Victory services and, if one or more at-risk pupils for whom the school received weighted funding in the at-risk pupil category also belong to one or more other categories of pupils who receive weighted funding, the additional services for each such at-risk pupil which are appropriate for each category to which the at-risk pupil belongs.
8. A public school that receives weighted funding for one or more pupils who are English learners must use that weighted funding only to provide Zoom services and, if one or more English learners for whom the school received weighted funding in the English learner category also belong to one or more other categories of pupils who receive weighted funding, the additional services for each such English learner which are appropriate for each category to which the English learner belongs.
9. The Department shall adopt regulations prescribing the maximum amount of money that each school district may deduct for its administrative expenses from the adjusted base per pupil funding received by the school district. When adopting such regulations, the Department may express the maximum amount of money that may be deducted as a percentage of the adjusted base per pupil funding received by the school district.
10. As used in this section:
(a) Victory services means any one or more of the following services:
(1) A prekindergarten program provided free of charge.
(2) A summer academy or other instruction for pupils provided free of charge at times during the year when school is not in session.
(3) Additional instruction or other learning opportunities provided free of charge at times of day when school is not in session.
(4) Professional development for teachers and other educational personnel concerning instructional practices and strategies that have proven to be an effective means to increase pupil achievement in populations of at-risk pupils.
(5) [Incentives] In a school district located in a county whose population is less than 700,000, incentives for hiring and retaining teachers and other licensed educational personnel who provide Victory services.
(6) Employment of paraprofessionals, other educational personnel and other persons who provide Victory services.
(7) A reading skills center.
(8) Integrated student supports, wrap-around services and evidence-based programs designed to meet the needs of at-risk pupils.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2070 (CHAPTER 320, AB 398)κ
(9) Any other service or program that has a demonstrated record of success for similarly situated pupils in comparable school districts and has been reviewed and approved as a Victory service by the Superintendent of Public Instruction.
(b) Zoom services means any one or more of the following services:
(1) A prekindergarten program provided free of charge.
(2) A reading skills center.
(3) Professional development for teachers and other licensed educational personnel regarding effective instructional practices and strategies for pupils who are English learners.
(4) [Incentives] In a school district located in a county whose population is less than 700,000, incentives for hiring and retaining teachers and other licensed educational personnel who provide Zoom services.
(5) Engagement and involvement with parents and families of pupils who are English learners, including, without limitation, increasing effective, culturally appropriate communication with and outreach to parents and families to support the academic achievement of those pupils.
(6) A summer academy or, for those schools that do not operate on a traditional school calendar, an intersession academy provided free of charge, including, without limitation, the provision of transportation to attend the summer academy or intersession academy.
(7) An extended school day.
(8) Any other service or program that has a demonstrated record of success for similarly situated pupils in comparable school districts and has been reviewed and approved as a Zoom service by the Superintendent of Public Instruction.
Sec. 8.1. NRS 387.12455 is hereby amended to read as follows:
387.12455 1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 5, for the purpose of establishing budgetary estimates for expenditures and revenues for the State Education Fund as prescribed by the State Budget Act, the Governor shall, to the extent practicable, ensure that an amount of money in the State General Fund is reserved in the proposed executive budget for transfer to the State Education Fund which is sufficient to fully fund:
(a) If the Economic Forum projects that the revenue collected by the State for general, unrestricted uses will increase by a rate that is greater than the combined rate of inflation and the growth of enrollment in the public schools in this State in the immediately preceding biennium, an amount of money in the State General Fund for transfer to the State Education Fund for the subsequent biennium which is not less than the amount of money transferred to the State Education Fund from the State General Fund for the immediately preceding biennium increased by an amount not less than the rate of increase for the revenue collected by the State as projected by the Economic Forum.
(b) If the Economic Forum projects that the revenue collected by the State for general, unrestricted uses will increase by a rate that is not greater than the combined rate of inflation and the growth of enrollment in the public schools in this State in the immediately preceding biennium, an amount of money in the State General Fund for transfer to the State Education Fund for the subsequent biennium which is not less than the amount of money transferred to the State Education Fund from the State General Fund for the immediately preceding biennium increased by an amount not less than the combined rate of inflation and the growth of enrollment in the public schools in this State.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2071 (CHAPTER 320, AB 398)κ
immediately preceding biennium increased by an amount not less than the combined rate of inflation and the growth of enrollment in the public schools in this State.
(c) If the Economic Forum projects that the revenue collected by the State for general, unrestricted uses will decrease, an amount of money in the State General Fund for transfer to the State Education Fund for the subsequent biennium which is not less than the amount of money transferred to the State Education Fund from the State General Fund for the immediately preceding biennium decreased by an amount not greater than the rate of decrease for the revenue collected by the State as projected by the Economic Forum.
2. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 5, as part of the proposed executive budget, the Governor shall, to the extent practicable, include recommendations for:
(a) The statewide base per pupil funding amount, which must be equal to the statewide base per pupil funding amount for the immediately preceding biennium increased by an amount not less than the combined rate of inflation and the growth of enrollment in the public schools in this State unless the amount of money contained in the State Education Fund, excluding the Education Stabilization Account, decreases from the immediately preceding biennium, in which event the Governor must recommend a proportional reduction to both the statewide base per pupil funding amount and the multiplier for each category of pupils pursuant to paragraph (b); [and]
(b) The multiplier for each category of pupils, which must not be less than the multiplier for the immediately preceding biennium unless:
(1) The amount of money contained in the State Education Fund, excluding the Education Stabilization Account, decreases from the immediately preceding biennium, in which event the Governor must recommend a proportional reduction to both the statewide base per pupil funding amount pursuant to paragraph (a) and the multiplier for each category of pupils; or
(2) The amount of money contained in the State Education Fund, excluding the Education Stabilization Account, increases from the preceding fiscal year but in an amount which, after recommending the statewide base per pupil funding amount pursuant to paragraph (a), is insufficient to fund the multiplier for each category of pupils, in which event the Governor must recommend the remaining money in the State Education Fund, excluding the Education Stabilization Account, be used to provide a multiplier for each category of pupils which is as close as practicable to the multiplier for the preceding fiscal year [.] ; and
(c) The amount of money to appropriate to the Department to make awards to school districts pursuant to section 2 of this act.
3. When determining the amount of money to reserve for transfer from the State General Fund to the State Education Fund pursuant to subsection 1, the Governor shall consider the recommendations of the Commission, as revised by the Joint Interim Standing Committee on Education, if applicable, for an optimal level of funding for education and may reserve an additional amount of money for transfer to the State Education Fund that the Governor determines to be sufficient to fund any recommendation or any portion of a recommendation that the Governor includes in the proposed executive budget.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2072 (CHAPTER 320, AB 398)κ
4. As part of the proposed executive budget, the Governor may recommend to the Legislature a revision to any appropriation made by law pursuant to NRS 387.1214, including, without limitation, the statewide base per pupil funding amount, the adjusted base per pupil funding for any school district, the multiplier for weighted funding for any category of pupils or the creation or elimination of a category of pupils to receive additional weighted funding. The Governor may recommend additional funding for any recommendation made pursuant to this subsection.
5. If the Governor determines that it would be impracticable to prepare the proposed executive budget as described in subsection 1 or 2, the Governor may instead include in the proposed executive budget a recommendation for such funding for the public schools in this State as he or she determines to be appropriate. If the Governor includes in the proposed executive budget recommendations pursuant to this subsection, the recommendations must be accompanied by such recommendations for legislation as the Governor determines to be appropriate to improve the method by which funding for the public schools in this State is determined.
6. As used in this section, rate of inflation means the average percentage of increase or decrease in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, West Region (All Items), as published by the United States Department of Labor for the immediately preceding 3 calendar years or, if that index ceases to be published by the United States Department of Labor, the published index that most closely resembles that index, as determined by the Governor.
Sec. 8.3. NRS 218E.415 is hereby amended to read as follows:
218E.415 1. The members of the Subcommittee on Education Accountability of the Interim Finance Committee shall meet at least twice annually at the times and places specified by a call of the Chair of the Subcommittee or a majority of the Subcommittee.
2. A meeting held jointly by the Assembly Standing Committee on Ways and Means and the Senate Standing Committee on Finance during a regular session that has agenda items similar to subsection 4 constitutes a meeting of the Subcommittee.
3. A majority of the members of the Subcommittee constitutes a quorum.
4. The general objectives and functions of the Subcommittee are to discuss, evaluate and make recommendations relating to accountability in public education in this State to improve the educational achievements and outcomes for pupils. The Subcommittee may study, without limitation:
(a) Fiscal policy, school finance or similar or related financial activities;
(b) The sufficiency of current revenue and expenditures relating to public education in this State and the anticipated revenue and expenditures that are necessary to improve educational achievements and outcomes for pupils;
(c) Administrative support and policies;
(d) Corrective action plans for public schools to improve educational achievements and outcomes; [and]
(e) The rules, regulations and policies of individual school districts or public schools [.] ; and
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2073 (CHAPTER 320, AB 398)κ
(f) The compensation paid to teachers at public schools to determine whether such compensation is sufficient to ensure competitiveness with other states and optimal educational achievements and outcomes for pupils.
5. The Subcommittee may conduct investigations and hold hearings in connection with its functions and duties and exercise any of the investigative powers set forth in NRS 218E.105 to 218E.140, inclusive, including, without limitation, compelling the attendance at any meeting of the Subcommittee of:
(a) The Superintendent of Public Instruction;
(b) Any member of the State Board of Education;
(c) Any member of a board of trustees of a school district in this State;
(d) Any superintendent or chief financial officer of a school district in this State; or
(e) The Executive Director of the State Public Charter School Authority.
6. Except during a regular or special session of the Legislature, for each day or portion of a day during which a member of the Subcommittee or appointed alternate attends a meeting of the Subcommittee or is otherwise engaged in the business of the Subcommittee, the member or appointed alternate, as applicable, is entitled to receive:
(a) The compensation provided for a majority of the Legislators during the first 60 days of the preceding regular session;
(b) The per diem allowance provided for state officers and employees generally; and
(c) The travel expenses provided pursuant to NRS 218A.655.
7. All such compensation, per diem allowances and travel expenses of a member or appointed alternate of the Subcommittee must be paid from the Contingency Fund in the State Treasury.
Sec. 8.5. 1. There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Interim Finance Committee for allocation to the Department of Education to distribute to school districts pursuant to subsection 3 the following sums:
For the Fiscal Year 2025-2026............................................... $45,000,000
For the Fiscal Year 2026-2027............................................... $45,000,000
2. Money appropriated pursuant to subsection 1 may only be allocated to the Department by the Interim Finance Committee upon:
(a) Submittal of a plan by the Department to distribute the money to school districts to provide compensation, in addition to base pay, for hard-to-fill positions in the public schools of this State; and
(b) The determination of the Interim Finance Committee that the plan submitted by the Department is consistent with the requirements of this section and is reasonably calculated to ameliorate the urgent problem of high teacher vacancy rates.
3. The Department shall distribute the money allocated to the Department from the appropriation made by subsection 1 to school districts in accordance with the plan submitted to the Interim Finance Committee pursuant to subsection 2.
4. On or before June 9, 2025, and June 8, 2026, each school district in this State shall report to the Department and the Interim Finance Committee for Fiscal Year 2025-2026 and Fiscal Year 2026-2027, respectively:
(a) The total amount of money which the school district is requesting from the appropriation made by subsection 1; and
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2074 (CHAPTER 320, AB 398)κ
(b) The total number of hard-to-fill positions in public schools in the school district for which the school district intends to provide additional compensation using money appropriated by subsection 1.
5. Money distributed to a school district pursuant to subsection 3 is subject to collective bargaining, but may only be used to provide additional compensation for hard-to-fill positions in public schools.
6. Any balance of the sums appropriated by subsection 1 remaining at the end of the respective fiscal years must not be committed for expenditure after June 30 of the respective fiscal years by the entity to which the appropriation is made or any entity to which money from the appropriation is granted or otherwise transferred in any manner, and any portion of the appropriated money remaining must not be spent for any purpose after September 18, 2026, and September 17, 2027, respectively, by either the entity to which the money was appropriated or the entity to which the money was subsequently granted or transferred, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 18, 2026, and September 17, 2027, respectively.
7. As used in this section:
(a) Hard-to-fill position means:
(1) A teacher position at a Title I school which has:
(I) A vacancy rate for teacher positions of 15 percent or more, if the school is a high school;
(II) A vacancy rate for teacher positions of 12 percent or more, if the school is a middle school or junior high school; or
(III) A vacancy rate for teacher positions of 10 percent or more, if the school is an elementary school.
(2) A teacher position or other position staffed by a person licensed pursuant to chapter 391 of NRS:
(I) Who is the teacher of record assigned to a classroom of pupils; and
(II) Whose duties include actively teaching pupils during a class period, for the majority of class periods during the school day, in English language arts, mathematics, science or special education, if such subjects are suffering from a critical labor shortage, as determined by the board of trustees of the school district.
(b) Public school does not include a public school that is formed pursuant to the provisions of chapter 388A of NRS.
Sec. 8.7. 1. There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Interim Finance Committee for allocation to the State Public Charter School Authority to provide money to charter schools for salary increases for teachers and education support professionals the following sums:
For the Fiscal Year 2025-2026............................................... $19,314,297
For the Fiscal Year 2026-2027............................................... $19,314,297
2. On or before June 15, 2025, each charter school in this State shall submit to the State Public Charter School Authority a statement of the number of teachers and education support professionals employed by the charter school on October 1, 2024. The State Public Charter School Authority shall compile this information and, not later than July 15, 2025:
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2075 (CHAPTER 320, AB 398)κ
(a) Submit the compiled information to the Interim Finance Committee.
(b) Estimate the total amount of money which the Authority will be authorized to distribute to each charter school for Fiscal Year 2025-2026 pursuant to subsection 7 and provide this information to each charter school.
3. On or before June 15, 2026, each charter school in this State shall submit to the State Public Charter School Authority a statement of the number of teachers and education support professionals employed by the charter school on October 1, 2025. The State Public Charter School Authority shall compile this information and, not later than July 15, 2026:
(a) Submit the compiled information to the Interim Finance Committee.
(b) Estimate the total amount of money which the Authority will be authorized to distribute to each charter school for Fiscal Year 2026-2027 pursuant to subsection 7 and provide this information to each charter school.
4. On or before August 15, 2025, and August 15, 2026, each charter school in this State shall submit to the State Public Charter School Authority a plan by the charter school to increase salaries for teachers and education support professionals during the then-current fiscal year which:
(a) Describes the manner in which money distributed to the charter school will be allocated among the teachers and education support professionals employed by the charter school; and
(b) Provides for an increase in salary for teachers and education support professionals which does not replace or supplant any other form of compensation which was provided to teachers or education support professionals of the charter school before Fiscal Year 2025-2026 or which was bargained for or planned for Fiscal Year 2025-2026 or any succeeding fiscal year before the effective date of this section.
5. On or before September 15, 2025, and September 15, 2026, the State Public Charter School Authority shall compile and submit to the Interim Finance Committee the plans submitted by each charter school for the then-current fiscal year pursuant to subsection 4.
6. Money appropriated by subsection 1 may only be allocated to the State Public Charter School Authority by the Interim Finance Committee upon request by the Authority after the Authority has complied with the requirements of subsection 2 or 3, as applicable, and subsection 5.
7. The amount of money distributed by the State Public Charter School Authority to a charter school pursuant to this section must not exceed an amount which is equal to:
(a) For Fiscal Year 2025-2026, $19,314,297 multiplied by a percentage which is the number of teachers and education support professionals employed by the charter school on October 1, 2024, expressed as a percentage of the total number of teachers and education support professionals employed in all of the charter schools in this State on October 1, 2024.
(b) For Fiscal Year 2026-2027, $19,314,297 multiplied by a percentage which is the number of teachers and education support professionals employed by the charter school on October 1, 2025, expressed as a percentage of the total number of teachers and education support professionals employed in all of the charter schools in this State on October 1, 2025.
8. Money appropriated by subsection 1 may only be distributed by the Authority to a charter school which has complied with the requirements of subsection 2 or 3, as applicable, and subsection 4.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2076 (CHAPTER 320, AB 398)κ
9. The money appropriated by subsection 1 must be used to supplement and not supplant or cause to be reduced any other source of funding for the support of charter schools or for the salary and compensation of teachers or education support professionals employed by any charter school.
10. On or before August 1, 2026, and August 1, 2027, each charter school in this State that received a distribution from the money appropriated by subsection 1 during Fiscal Year 2025-2026 and Fiscal Year 2026-2027, respectively, shall submit a report to the State Public Charter School Authority which includes, without limitation:
(a) Detailed information on how all the money received pursuant to this section was spent by the charter school during the immediately preceding fiscal year; and
(b) The actual increase to the salary of teachers and education support professionals employed by the charter school during the immediately preceding fiscal year and the amount of such an increase for which the money received pursuant to this section was spent.
11. On or before October 1, 2026, and October 1, 2027, the State Public Charter School Authority shall compile and submit to the Interim Finance Committee the reports received by the Authority pursuant to subsection 10 with respect to the immediately preceding fiscal year.
12. Any balance of the sums appropriated by subsection 1 remaining at the end of the respective fiscal years must not be committed for expenditure after June 30 of the respective fiscal years by the entity to which the appropriation is made or any entity to which money from the appropriation is granted or otherwise transferred in any manner, and any portion of the appropriated money remaining must not be spent for any purpose after September 18, 2026, and September 17, 2027, respectively, by either the entity to which the money was appropriated or the entity to which the money was subsequently granted or transferred, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 18, 2026, and September 17, 2027, respectively.
13. As used in this section:
(a) Administrator means a person who spends at least 50 percent of his or her work year supervising other staff or licensed personnel, or both, and who is not classified by the governing body of a charter school as a professional-technical employee.
(b) Education support professional means a person, other than a teacher or administrator, who is employed to work at a charter school, including, without limitation:
(1) Paraprofessionals;
(2) School police officers, school resource officers and other providers of security services at a school;
(3) School nurses;
(4) School counselors;
(5) School psychologists;
(6) School social workers;
(7) Drivers of school buses;
(8) Secretaries;
(9) Members of the custodial or maintenance staff; and
(10) Workers in food services.
(c) Teacher means a person licensed pursuant to chapter 391 of NRS who is classified by the governing body of a charter school:
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2077 (CHAPTER 320, AB 398)κ
(1) As a teacher and who spends at least 50 percent of his or her work year providing instruction or discipline to pupils; or
(2) As instructional support staff, who does not hold a supervisory position and who spends not more than 50 percent of his or her work year providing instruction to pupils. Such instructional support staff includes, without limitation, librarians and persons who provide instructional support.
Sec. 8.9. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 2 of this act, for the report required to be submitted on or before December 1, 2026, pursuant to subsection 5 of section 2 of this act, each school district is not required to submit the information described in paragraph (a) or (b) of subsection 5 of section 2 of this act and shall instead include in the report:
1. The total number of teachers in the school district receiving additional compensation funded pursuant to section 8.5 of this act during the then-current school year; and
2. The total amount of the additional compensation funded from an award made pursuant to section 8.5 of this act that is being provided to teachers during the then-current school year.
Sec. 9. 1. This section and sections 8.5, 8.7 and 8.9 of this act become effective upon passage and approval.
2. Sections 8 and 8.3 of this act become effective on July 1, 2025.
3. Sections 1, 2 and 8.1 of this act become effective on October 1, 2026.
________
Assembly Bill No. 394Assemblymember Brown-May
Joint Sponsors: Senators Buck, Rogich and Titus
CHAPTER 321
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to higher education; authorizing the Board of Regents of the University of Nevada to require each institution within the Nevada System of Higher Education to adopt an emergency response plan to address opioid-related drug overdoses; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
This bill authorizes the Board of Regents of the University of Nevada to require each institution within the Nevada System of Higher Education to adopt an emergency response plan to address opioid-related drug overdoses at the institution. This bill requires such an emergency response plan to include: (1) plans for providing education on opioid-related drug overdoses; and (2) procedures for the distribution and administration of opioid antagonists. This bill prohibits an institution from adopting a plan that requires a person to complete training in order to obtain or administer an opioid antagonist. This bill authorizes the Board of Regents to adopt a model emergency response plan to assist institutions in developing their own plans.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2078 (CHAPTER 321, AB 394)κ
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Chapter 396 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. The Board of Regents may require each institution within the System to, in consultation with the Division of Public and Behavioral Health of the Department of Health and Human Services, adopt an emergency response plan to address opioid-related drug overdoses at the institution. Such an emergency response plan must include, without limitation:
(a) Plans for providing education on opioid-related drug overdoses;
(b) Measures to respond compassionately to opioid-related drug overdoses, including, without limitation:
(1) Emphasizing rescue breathing techniques; and
(2) Utilizing naloxone hydrochloride in the lowest dosage effective to restore breathing;
(c) Procedures for the distribution and administration of opioid antagonists, including, without limitation, ensuring ease of access to opioid antagonists; and
(d) Provisions ensuring that a student will not be subject to disciplinary action by the institution for obtaining an opioid antagonist.
2. Each institution within the System may tailor the emergency response plan described in subsection 1 to meet the needs and capacity of the institution for implementing the plan. In tailoring an emergency response plan, an institution may determine:
(a) Whether training related to the plan will be provided in person or virtually and synchronously or asynchronously;
(b) The locations at the institution where opioid antagonists will be accessible; and
(c) The manner in which opioid antagonists will be distributed at the institution.
3. An emergency response plan described in subsection 1 may not require a person to complete any training in order to obtain or administer an opioid antagonist.
4. The Board of Regents may adopt a model emergency response plan that meets the requirements of this section to assist institutions in developing their emergency response plans pursuant to subsection 1. The Board of Regents may not require an institution to utilize the model emergency response plan.
5. As used in this section:
(a) Opioid antagonist has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 453C.040.
(b) Opioid-related drug overdose has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 453C.050.
Sec. 2. This act becomes effective upon passage and approval.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2079κ
Senate Bill No. 114Senators Pazina; Cruz-Crawford, Daly, Doρate, Flores, Krasner, Nguyen, Ohrenschall, Scheible, Steinbeck, Stone and Taylor
Joint Sponsor: Assemblymember ONeill
CHAPTER 322
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to property; requiring certain landlords to establish a policy requiring certain applicants for employment to undergo a criminal background check as a condition of employment; requiring such landlords to take certain actions relating to dwelling unit keys; requiring such landlords to maintain a log of certain information and actions on the premises; authorizing the filing of a civil action under certain circumstances; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Existing law requires certain persons who work for a landlord of dwelling units intended and operated exclusively for certain older persons to undergo a criminal background check as a condition of employment with the landlord. (NRS 118A.335) Section 1 of this bill requires a landlord of a covered premises to establish: (1) a policy requiring certain applicants for employment to undergo a criminal background check as a condition of employment; and (2) certain written policies and procedures relating to dwelling unit keys. Section 1 also requires any such landlord to maintain on the premises: (1) a log that accounts for the issuance and return of each dwelling unit key; and (2) the written policies and procedures relating to dwelling unit keys established pursuant to section 1. Section 1 defines the term covered premises to mean a premises comprising more than: (1) 50 dwelling units attached to a single parcel of property in a county whose population is 100,000 or more (currently Clark and Washoe Counties); or (2) 30 dwelling units attached to a single parcel of property in a county whose population is less than 100,000 (currently all counties other than Clark and Washoe Counties). Section 1 also authorizes a civil action to be brought against a landlord that violates the provisions of section 1 by a person aggrieved by the violation or a district attorney.
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Chapter 118A of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
1. A landlord of a covered premises shall establish:
(a) A policy requiring an applicant for employment with the landlord to undergo a criminal background check as a condition of employment if the position for which the applicant is applying entails access to any dwelling unit key; and
(b) Written policies and procedures regarding the:
(1) Storage, issuance, return and security of dwelling unit keys; and
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2080 (CHAPTER 322, SB 114)κ
(2) If applicable, the usage and deactivation of dwelling unit keys.
2. A landlord of a covered premises shall maintain on the premises a log that accounts for the issuance and return of each dwelling unit key and the written policies and procedures established pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 1.
3. In addition to any other remedies, if a landlord of a covered premises violates this section, a person aggrieved by the violation or a district attorney may bring a civil action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the landlord to seek any or all of the following relief:
(a) Declaratory and injunctive relief.
(b) Actual damages.
(c) Reasonable attorneys fees and costs.
(d) Any other legal or equitable relief that the court deems appropriate.
4. As used in this section:
(a) Covered premises means:
(1) In a county whose population is 100,000 or more, a premises comprising more than 50 dwelling units attached to a single parcel of property; or
(2) In a county whose population is less than 100,000, a premises comprising more than 30 dwelling units attached to a single parcel of property.
(b) Dwelling unit key means any physical or electronic mechanism used to gain access to a dwelling unit, including, without limitation, a combination or access code.
(c) Financial institution means any bank, savings and loan association, savings bank, thrift company, credit union or financial institution that is licensed, registered or otherwise authorized to do business in this State.
(d) Landlord does not include a financial institution, real estate broker, real estate broker-salesperson or real estate salesperson.
(e) Real estate broker has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 645.030.
(f) Real estate broker-salesperson has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 645.035.
(g) Real estate salesperson has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 645.040.
________
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2081κ
Assembly Bill No. 491Committee on Legislative Operations and Elections
CHAPTER 323
[Approved: June 5, 2025]
AN ACT relating to elections; requiring a county or city clerk to provide certain information or data relating to the current election cycle within a certain period of time; revising qualifications for certain elected public officers to require such officers to be registered to vote in this State; revising provisions governing a declaration of candidacy and declaration of residency; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.
Legislative Counsels Digest:
Section 1 of this bill provides that if the Secretary of State requests any information or data relating to the current election cycle from a county or city clerk, the clerk is required, not later than the end of the second working day after receiving the request, to provide the Secretary of State with: (1) the information or data; or (2) a written explanation that indicates when the county or city clerk will reasonably be able to provide the information or data.
Existing law requires a person to be a qualified elector to be eligible for a public office in this State. (Nev. Const. Art. 15, § 3) Existing law also requires, with certain exceptions, a candidate for any elected office to actually, as opposed to constructively, reside in the State, district, county, township or other area prescribed by law to which the office pertains. (NRS 293.1755) Sections 2 and 7-77 of this bill include as a qualification for any elected public office other than federal office, including, without limitation, State Legislator, Governor, Lieutenant Governor, Attorney General, Secretary of State, State Treasurer, State Controller, county commissioners, county clerk, sheriff, district attorney, public administrator, city council, mayor, the Board of Regents of the University of Nevada, the board of directors of a general improvement district and the board of directors of a water district, that the officer be registered to vote in the State, district, county, township or other area prescribed by law to which the officer is required to reside. Section 78 of this bill provides that the requirement for these officers to be registered to vote in this State does not apply to a person who, on October 1, 2025, holds such office.
Existing law requires a candidate for a primary election for a public office to file a declaration of candidacy and a candidate for the office of State Senator, Assemblyman or Assemblywoman to also file a declaration of residency. (NRS 293.177, 293.181, 293C.185) Existing law also requires a person nominated or applying to fill a vacancy in the office of Legislator to file a declaration of eligibility with the board of county commissioners. (NRS 218A.264) Sections 3, 4, 6 and 13 of this bill provide that a declaration of candidacy, a declaration of residency and a declaration of eligibility are public records and the filing officer must make such declarations available to the public in an electronic format.
Sections 3, 6 and 13 also require a person filing a declaration of candidacy or declaration of eligibility to attest under penalty of perjury to the city or town and county of the State of Nevada where the person is registered to vote.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2082 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
EXPLANATION Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between
brackets [omitted material] is material to be
omitted.
THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN
SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Chapter 293 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:
Except as otherwise provided in this title, if the Secretary of State requests any information or data relating to the current election cycle from a county clerk or city clerk, the county or city clerk shall, not later than the end of the second working day after receiving the request, provide the Secretary of State with:
1. The information or data; or
2. A written explanation that indicates when the county or city clerk will reasonably be able to provide the information or data.
Sec. 2. NRS 293.1755 is hereby amended to read as follows:
293.1755 1. In addition to any other requirement provided by law, no person may be a candidate for any office unless, for at least the 30 days immediately preceding the date of the close of filing of declarations of candidacy for the office which the person seeks, the person has [, in] :
(a) In accordance with NRS 281.050, actually, as opposed to constructively, resided in the State, district, county, township or other area prescribed by law to which the office pertains and, if elected, over which he or she will have jurisdiction or will represent [.] ; and
(b) Registered to vote in the State, district, county, township or other area prescribed by law in which the officer is required to reside and, if elected, over which he or she will have jurisdiction or will represent.
2. Any person who knowingly and willfully files a declaration of candidacy which contains a false statement regarding the persons residency in violation of this section is guilty of a gross misdemeanor.
3. The provisions of this section do not apply to candidates for [:
(a) Any] any federal office.
[(b)] 4. The provisions of paragraph (a) of subsection 1 do not apply to candidates for the office of district attorney.
Sec. 3. NRS 293.177 is hereby amended to read as follows:
293.177 1. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 293.165 and 293.166, a name may not be printed on a ballot to be used at a primary election unless the person named has filed a declaration of candidacy with the appropriate filing officer and paid the filing fee required by NRS 293.193 not earlier than:
(a) For a candidate for judicial office, the first Monday in January of the year in which the election is to be held and not later than 5 p.m. on the second Friday after the first Monday in January; and
(b) For all other candidates, the first Monday in March of the year in which the election is to be held and not later than 5 p.m. on the second Friday after the first Monday in March.
2. A declaration of candidacy required to be filed pursuant to this chapter must be in substantially the following form:
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2083 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
(a) For partisan office:
Declaration of Candidacy of ........ for the
Office of ................
State of Nevada
County of ...............................
For the purpose of having my name placed on the official ballot as a candidate for the ................ Party nomination for the office of ........., I, the undersigned ........, do swear or affirm under penalty of perjury that I actually, as opposed to constructively, reside at .........., in the City or Town of ......., County of .........., State of Nevada; that my actual, as opposed to constructive, residence in the State, district, county, township, city or other area prescribed by law to which the office pertains began on a date at least 30 days immediately preceding the date of the close of filing of declarations of candidacy for this office; that my telephone number is ............, and the address at which I receive mail, if different than my residence, is .........; that I am registered as a member of the ................ Party; that I am a qualified elector pursuant to Section 1 of Article 2 of the Constitution of the State of Nevada; if I am filing for a public office other than a federal office, I am registered to vote in the City or Town of ......., County of .........., State of Nevada; that if I have ever been convicted of treason or a felony, my civil rights have been restored; that I have not, in violation of the provisions of NRS 293.176, changed the designation of my political party or political party affiliation on an official application to register to vote in any state since December 31 before the closing filing date for this election; that I generally believe in and intend to support the concepts found in the principles and policies of that political party in the coming election; that if nominated as a candidate of the ................ Party at the ensuing election, I will accept that nomination and not withdraw; that I will not knowingly violate any election law or any law defining and prohibiting corrupt and fraudulent practices in campaigns and elections in this State; that I will qualify for the office if elected thereto, including, but not limited to, complying with any limitation prescribed by the Constitution and laws of this State concerning the number of years or terms for which a person may hold the office; that I understand that knowingly and willfully filing a declaration of candidacy which contains a false statement is a crime punishable as a gross misdemeanor and also subjects me to a civil action disqualifying me from entering upon the duties of the office; and that I understand that my name will appear on all ballots as designated in this declaration.
...................................................................................
(Designation of name)
...................................................................................
(Signature of candidate for office)
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2084 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
Subscribed and sworn to before me
this ...... day of the month of ...... of the year ......
Notary Public or other person
authorized to administer an oath
(b) For nonpartisan office:
Declaration of Candidacy of ........ for the
Office of ................
State of Nevada
County of ...............................
For the purpose of having my name placed on the official ballot as a candidate for the office of ................, I, the undersigned ................, do swear or affirm under penalty of perjury that I actually, as opposed to constructively, reside at ........., in the City or Town of ......., County of ........., State of Nevada; that my actual, as opposed to constructive, residence in the State, district, county, township, city or other area prescribed by law to which the office pertains began on a date at least 30 days immediately preceding the date of the close of filing of declarations of candidacy for this office; that my telephone number is ..........., and the address at which I receive mail, if different than my residence, is ..........; that I am a qualified elector pursuant to Section 1 of Article 2 of the Constitution of the State of Nevada; if I am filing for a public office other than a federal office, I am registered to vote in the City or Town of ......., County of .........., State of Nevada; that if I have ever been convicted of treason or a felony, my civil rights have been restored; that if nominated as a nonpartisan candidate at the ensuing election, I will accept the nomination and not withdraw; that I will not knowingly violate any election law or any law defining and prohibiting corrupt and fraudulent practices in campaigns and elections in this State; that I will qualify for the office if elected thereto, including, but not limited to, complying with any limitation prescribed by the Constitution and laws of this State concerning the number of years or terms for which a person may hold the office; that I understand that knowingly and willfully filing a declaration of candidacy which contains a false statement is a crime punishable as a gross misdemeanor and also subjects me to a civil action disqualifying me from entering upon the duties of the office; and that I understand that my name will appear on all ballots as designated in this declaration.
...................................................................................
(Designation of name)
...................................................................................
(Signature of candidate for office)
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2085 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
Subscribed and sworn to before me
this ...... day of the month of ...... of the year ......
Notary Public or other person
authorized to administer an oath
3. The address of a candidate which must be included in the declaration of candidacy pursuant to subsection 2 must be the street address of the residence where the candidate actually, as opposed to constructively, resides in accordance with NRS 281.050, if one has been assigned. The declaration of candidacy must not be accepted for filing if the candidate fails to comply with the following provisions of this subsection or, if applicable, the provisions of subsection 4:
(a) The candidate shall not list the candidates address as a post office box unless a street address has not been assigned to his or her residence; and
(b) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, the candidate shall present to the filing officer:
(1) A valid drivers license or identification card issued by a governmental agency that contains a photograph of the candidate and the candidates residential address; or
(2) A current utility bill, bank statement, paycheck, or document issued by a governmental entity, including a check which indicates the candidates name and residential address, but not including a voter registration card.
4. If the candidate executes an oath or affirmation under penalty of perjury stating that the candidate is unable to present to the filing officer the proof of residency required by subsection 3 because a street address has not been assigned to the candidates residence or because the rural or remote location of the candidates residence makes it impracticable to present the proof of residency required by subsection 3, the candidate shall present to the filing officer:
(a) A valid drivers license or identification card issued by a governmental agency that contains a photograph of the candidate; and
(b) Alternative proof of the candidates residential address that the filing officer determines is sufficient to verify where the candidate actually, as opposed to constructively, resides in accordance with NRS 281.050. The Secretary of State may adopt regulations establishing the forms of alternative proof of the candidates residential address that the filing officer may accept to verify where the candidate actually, as opposed to constructively, resides in accordance with NRS 281.050.
5. The filing officer shall retain a copy of the proof of identity and residency provided by the candidate pursuant to subsection 3 or 4. Such a copy:
(a) May not be withheld from the public; and
(b) Must not contain the social security number, drivers license or identification card number or account number of the candidate.
6. By filing the declaration of candidacy, the candidate shall be deemed to have appointed the filing officer for the office as his or her agent for service of process for the purposes of a proceeding pursuant to NRS 293.182. Service of such process must first be attempted at the appropriate address as specified by the candidate in the declaration of candidacy. If the candidate cannot be served at that address, service must be made by personally delivering to and leaving with the filing officer duplicate copies of the process.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2086 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
cannot be served at that address, service must be made by personally delivering to and leaving with the filing officer duplicate copies of the process. The filing officer shall immediately send, by registered or certified mail, one of the copies to the candidate at the specified address, unless the candidate has designated in writing to the filing officer a different address for that purpose, in which case the filing officer shall mail the copy to the last address so designated.
7. A declaration of candidacy filed pursuant to this section is a public record and the filing officer shall make the declaration of candidacy available to the public in an electronic format.
8. If the filing officer receives credible evidence indicating that a candidate has been convicted of a felony and has not had his or her civil rights restored, the filing officer:
(a) May conduct an investigation to determine whether the candidate has been convicted of a felony and, if so, whether the candidate has had his or her civil rights restored; and
(b) Shall transmit the credible evidence and the findings from such investigation to the Attorney General, if the filing officer is the Secretary of State, or to the district attorney, if the filing officer is a person other than the Secretary of State.
[8.] 9. The receipt of information by the Attorney General or district attorney pursuant to subsection [7] 8 must be treated as a challenge of a candidate pursuant to subsections 4 and 5 of NRS 293.182 to which the provisions of NRS 293.2045 apply.
[9.] 10. Any person who knowingly and willfully files a declaration of candidacy which contains a false statement in violation of this section is guilty of a gross misdemeanor.
Sec. 4. NRS 293.181 is hereby amended to read as follows:
293.181 1. A candidate for the office of State Senator, Assemblyman or Assemblywoman must execute and file, with his or her declaration of candidacy, a declaration of residency which must be in substantially the following form:
I, the undersigned, do swear or affirm under penalty of perjury that I have been a citizen resident of this State as required by NRS 218A.200; that I understand that knowingly and willfully filing a declaration of residency which contains a false statement is a crime punishable as a gross misdemeanor and also subjects me to a civil action disqualifying me from entering upon the duties of the office; and that I have actually, as opposed to constructively, resided at the following residence or residences since November 1 of the preceding year:
.................................................................
Street Address Street Address
.................................................................
City or Town City or Town
.................................................................
State State
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2087 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
From............... To................ From................... To...........................
Dates of Residency Dates of Residency
.................................................................
Street Address Street Address
.................................................................
City or Town City or Town
.................................................................
State State
From............... To................ From................... To...........................
Dates of Residency Dates of Residency
(Attach additional sheet or sheets of residences as necessary)
2. Each address of a candidate which must be included in the declaration of residency pursuant to subsection 1 must be the street address of the residence where the candidate actually, as opposed to constructively, resided or resides in accordance with NRS 281.050, if one has been assigned. The declaration of residency must not be accepted for filing if any of the candidates addresses are listed as a post office box unless a street address has not been assigned to the residence.
3. A declaration of residency filed pursuant to this section is a public record and the filing officer shall make the declaration of residency available to the public in an electronic format.
4. Any person who knowingly and willfully files a declaration of residency which contains a false statement in violation of this section is guilty of a gross misdemeanor.
Sec. 5. (Deleted by amendment.)
Sec. 6. NRS 293C.185 is hereby amended to read as follows:
293C.185 1. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 293C.190, a name may not be printed on a ballot to be used at a primary or general city election unless the person named has, in accordance with NRS 293C.145 or 293C.175, as applicable, timely filed a declaration of candidacy with the appropriate filing officer and paid the filing fee established by the governing body of the city.
2. A declaration of candidacy required to be filed pursuant to this chapter must be in substantially the following form:
Declaration of Candidacy of ........ for the
Office of ................
State of Nevada
City of......................................
For the purpose of having my name placed on the official ballot as a candidate for the office of .................., I, .................., the undersigned do swear or affirm under penalty of perjury that I actually, as opposed to constructively, reside at .................., in the City or Town of .................., County of .................., State of Nevada; that my actual, as opposed to constructive, residence in the city, township or other area prescribed by law to which the office pertains began on a date at least 30 days immediately preceding the date of the close of filing of
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2088 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
declarations of candidacy for this office; that my telephone number is .................., and the address at which I receive mail, if different than my residence, is ..................; that I am a qualified elector pursuant to Section 1 of Article 2 of the Constitution of the State of Nevada; that I am registered to vote in the City or Town of .................., County of .................., State of Nevada; that if I have ever been convicted of treason or a felony, my civil rights have been restored; that if nominated as a candidate at the ensuing election I will accept the nomination and not withdraw; that I will not knowingly violate any election law or any law defining and prohibiting corrupt and fraudulent practices in campaigns and elections in this State; that I will qualify for the office if elected thereto, including, but not limited to, complying with any limitation prescribed by the Constitution and laws of this State concerning the number of years or terms for which a person may hold the office; that I understand that knowingly and willfully filing a declaration of candidacy which contains a false statement is a crime punishable as a gross misdemeanor and also subjects me to a civil action disqualifying me from entering upon the duties of the office; and that I understand that my name will appear on all ballots as designated in this declaration.
...................................................................................
(Designation of name)
...................................................................................
(Signature of candidate for office)
Subscribed and sworn to before me
this ...... day of the month of ...... of the year ......
Notary Public or other person
authorized to administer an oath
3. The address of a candidate that must be included in the declaration of candidacy pursuant to subsection 2 must be the street address of the residence where the candidate actually, as opposed to constructively, resides in accordance with NRS 281.050, if one has been assigned. The declaration of candidacy must not be accepted for filing if the candidate fails to comply with the following provisions of this subsection or, if applicable, the provisions of subsection 4:
(a) The candidate shall not list the candidates address as a post office box unless a street address has not been assigned to the residence; and
(b) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, the candidate shall present to the filing officer:
(1) A valid drivers license or identification card issued by a governmental agency that contains a photograph of the candidate and the candidates residential address; or
(2) A current utility bill, bank statement, paycheck, or document issued by a governmental entity, including a check which indicates the candidates name and residential address, but not including a voter registration card.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2089 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
4. If the candidate executes an oath or affirmation under penalty of perjury stating that the candidate is unable to present to the filing officer the proof of residency required by subsection 3 because a street address has not been assigned to the candidates residence or because the rural or remote location of the candidates residence makes it impracticable to present the proof of residency required by subsection 3, the candidate shall present to the filing officer:
(a) A valid drivers license or identification card issued by a governmental agency that contains a photograph of the candidate; and
(b) Alternative proof of the candidates residential address that the filing officer determines is sufficient to verify where the candidate actually, as opposed to constructively, resides in accordance with NRS 281.050. The Secretary of State may adopt regulations establishing the forms of alternative proof of the candidates residential address that the filing officer may accept to verify where the candidate actually, as opposed to constructively, resides in accordance with NRS 281.050.
5. The filing officer shall retain a copy of the proof of identity and residency provided by the candidate pursuant to subsection 3 or 4. Such a copy:
(a) May not be withheld from the public; and
(b) Must not contain the social security number, drivers license or identification card number or account number of the candidate.
6. By filing the declaration of candidacy, the candidate shall be deemed to have appointed the city clerk as his or her agent for service of process for the purposes of a proceeding pursuant to NRS 293C.186. Service of such process must first be attempted at the appropriate address as specified by the candidate in the declaration of candidacy. If the candidate cannot be served at that address, service must be made by personally delivering to and leaving with the city clerk duplicate copies of the process. The city clerk shall immediately send, by registered or certified mail, one of the copies to the candidate at the specified address, unless the candidate has designated in writing to the city clerk a different address for that purpose, in which case the city clerk shall mail the copy to the last address so designated.
7. A declaration of candidacy filed pursuant to this section is a public record and the filing officer shall make the declaration of candidacy available to the public in an electronic format.
8. If the city clerk receives credible evidence indicating that a candidate has been convicted of a felony and has not had his or her civil rights restored, the city clerk:
(a) May conduct an investigation to determine whether the candidate has been convicted of a felony and, if so, whether the candidate has had his or her civil rights restored; and
(b) Shall transmit the credible evidence and the findings from such investigation to the city attorney.
[8.] 9. The receipt of information by the city attorney pursuant to subsection [7] 8 must be treated as a challenge of a candidate pursuant to subsections 4 and 5 of NRS 293C.186 to which the provisions of NRS 293.2045 apply.
[9.] 10. Any person who knowingly and willfully files a declaration of candidacy which contains a false statement in violation of this section is guilty of a gross misdemeanor.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2090 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
Sec. 7. NRS 2.020 is hereby amended to read as follows:
2.020 1. A person may not be a candidate for or be eligible to the office of justice of the Supreme Court unless the person:
(a) Has attained the age of 25 years.
(b) Is an attorney licensed and admitted to practice law in the courts of this State at the time of the election or appointment.
(c) Has been an attorney licensed and admitted to practice law in the courts of this State, another state or the District of Columbia for not less than 15 years at any time preceding the election or appointment, at least 2 years of which have been in this State.
(d) Is a qualified elector and has been a bona fide resident of this State for 2 years next preceding the election or appointment.
(e) Is registered to vote in this State.
(f) Has not ever been removed from any judicial office by the Legislature or removed or retired from any judicial office by the Commission on Judicial Discipline.
2. For the purposes of this section, a person is eligible to be a candidate for the office of justice of the Supreme Court if a decision to remove or retire the person from a judicial office is pending appeal before the Supreme Court or has been overturned by the Supreme Court.
Sec. 8. NRS 2A.020 is hereby amended to read as follows:
2A.020 1. A person may not be a candidate or be eligible for the office of judge of the Court of Appeals unless the person:
(a) Has attained the age of 25 years.
(b) Is an attorney licensed and admitted to practice law in the courts of this State at the time of the election or appointment.
(c) Has been an attorney licensed and admitted to practice law in the courts of this State, another state or the District of Columbia for not less than 15 years at any time preceding the election or appointment, at least 2 years of which have been in this State.
(d) Is a qualified elector and has been a bona fide resident of this State for 2 years next preceding the election or appointment.
(e) Is registered to vote in this State.
(f) Has not ever been removed from any judicial office by the Legislature or removed or retired from any judicial office by the Commission on Judicial Discipline.
2. For the purposes of this section, a person is eligible to be a candidate for the office of judge of the Court of Appeals if a decision to remove or retire the person from a judicial office is pending appeal before the Supreme Court or has been overturned by the Supreme Court.
Sec. 9. NRS 3.060 is hereby amended to read as follows:
3.060 1. A person may not be a candidate for and is not eligible to the office of district judge unless the person:
(a) Has attained the age of 25 years.
(b) Is an attorney licensed and admitted to practice law in the courts of this State at the time of the election or appointment.
(c) Has been an attorney licensed and admitted to practice law in the courts of this State, another state or the District of Columbia for a total of not less than 10 years at any time preceding the election or appointment, at least 2 years of which have been in this State.
(d) Is a qualified elector and has been a bona fide resident of this State for 2 years next preceding the election or appointment.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2091 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
(e) Is registered to vote in this State.
(f) Has not ever been removed from any judicial office by the Legislature or removed or retired from any judicial office by the Commission on Judicial Discipline.
2. For the purposes of this section, a person is eligible to be a candidate for the office of district judge if a decision to remove or retire the person from a judicial office is pending appeal before the Supreme Court or has been overturned by the Supreme Court.
Sec. 10. NRS 4.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
4.010 1. A person may not be a candidate for or be eligible to the office of justice of the peace unless the person is a qualified elector , is registered to vote in the township and has never been removed or retired from any judicial office by the Commission on Judicial Discipline. For the purposes of this subsection, a person is eligible to be a candidate for the office of justice of the peace if a decision to remove or retire the person from a judicial office is pending appeal before the Supreme Court or has been overturned by the Supreme Court.
2. A justice of the peace must have a high school diploma or its equivalent as determined by the State Board of Education.
3. In addition to any other requirement provided by law or a court rule, a justice of the peace who is not licensed or admitted to practice law in the courts of this State at the time of his or her election or appointment must pass an examination prescribed by the Nevada Supreme Court within 18 months after taking the official oath. The examination must test the competency of the examinees knowledge on subject matters related to the duties of a justice of the peace, including, without limitation:
(a) Judicial decorum;
(b) Application of the Revised Nevada Code of Judicial Conduct;
(c) Criminal and civil actions and proceedings over which a justice court has jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the issuance of temporary or extended orders for protection; and
(d) The financial administration of a court, including, without limitation, the minimum accounting standards of a justice court.
4. In a county whose population is 100,000 or more, a justice of the peace in a township whose population is 100,000 or more must be an attorney who:
(a) Is licensed and admitted to practice law in the courts of this State at the time of his or her election or appointment; and
(b) Has been licensed and admitted to practice law in the courts of this State, another state or the District of Columbia for not less than 5 years at any time preceding his or her election or appointment.
5. Subsections 2 and 4 do not apply to any person who held the office of justice of the peace on June 30, 2001.
Sec. 11. NRS 5.020 is hereby amended to read as follows:
5.020 1. Except as provided in subsection 3 and NRS 266.405, each municipal judge must be chosen by the electors of the city within which the municipal court is established on a day to be fixed by the governing body of that city. The term of office of a municipal judge is the period fixed by:
(a) An ordinance adopted by the city if the city is organized under general law; or
(b) The charter of the city if the city is organized under a special charter.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2092 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
Κ Before entering upon his or her duties, a municipal judge shall take the constitutional oath of office.
2. A municipal judge must:
(a) Be a citizen of the State;
(b) Except as otherwise provided in the charter of a city organized under a special charter, have been a bona fide resident of the city for not less than 1 year next preceding his or her election;
(c) Be a qualified elector in the city;
(d) Be registered to vote in the city; and
[(d)] (e) Not have ever been removed or retired from any judicial office by the Commission on Judicial Discipline.
3. The governing body of a city, with the consent of the board of county commissioners and the justice of the peace, may provide that a justice of the peace of the township in which the city is located is ex officio the municipal judge of the city.
4. For the purposes of this section, a person shall not be ineligible to be a candidate for the office of municipal judge if a decision to remove or retire the person from a judicial office is pending appeal before the Supreme Court or has been overturned by the Supreme Court.
Sec. 12. NRS 218A.200 is hereby amended to read as follows:
218A.200 A person is not eligible to be elected or appointed to office as a Legislator unless the person:
1. Is a qualified elector;
2. Has been an actual, as opposed to constructive, citizen resident of this State for 1 year next preceding the persons election or appointment;
3. At the time of election or appointment, has attained the age of 21 years;
4. Is registered to vote in the district the office represents; and
[4.] 5. Meets all other qualifications for the office as required by the Constitution and laws of this State.
Sec. 13. NRS 218A.264 is hereby amended to read as follows:
218A.264 1. If a person is nominated pursuant to NRS 218A.260 or 218A.262, or a person files an application with any board of county commissioners to fill a vacancy in the office of a Legislator pursuant to NRS 218A.262, the person must execute and file with the board of county commissioners, a declaration of eligibility that must be in substantially the following form:
For the purpose of applying to fill the vacancy in the office of a Legislator in the following legislative district, ................ (name of assembly or senatorial district), I, the undersigned ................, do swear or affirm under penalty of perjury that I actually, as opposed to constructively, reside at ................, in the City or Town of ................, County of ................, State of Nevada; that, as required by NRS 218A.260, my actual, as opposed to constructive, residence in that legislative district began on a date at least 30 days immediately preceding the date of nomination pursuant to NRS 218A.262 or the date established pursuant to NRS 218A.262 for the close of filing of applications to fill the vacancy, as applicable; that my telephone number is ................, and the address at which I receive mail, if different than my residence, is ................; that I am registered as a member of the ................ Party; that I am a qualified elector pursuant
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2093 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
to Section 1 of Article 2 of the Constitution of the State of Nevada; that if I have ever been convicted of treason or a felony, my civil rights have been restored; that I will otherwise qualify for the office if appointed thereto, including, but not limited to, complying with any limitation prescribed by the Constitution of this State concerning the number of years or terms for which a person may hold the office; that I understand that knowingly and willfully filing a declaration of eligibility which contains a false statement is a crime punishable as a gross misdemeanor; and that, as required by NRS 218A.200, I am registered to vote in the City or Town of ......., County of .........., State of Nevada and I will have been an actual, as opposed to constructive, citizen resident of this State for 1 year immediately preceding the date of my appointment and that, during such period, I will have resided at the following residence or residences:
.................................................................
Street Address Street Address
.................................................................
City or Town City or Town
.................................................................
State State
From............... To................ From................... To...........................
Dates of Residency Dates of Residency
.................................................................
Street Address Street Address
.................................................................
City or Town City or Town
.................................................................
State State
From............... To................ From................... To...........................
Dates of Residency Dates of Residency
(Attach additional sheet or sheets of residences as necessary)
...................................................................................
(Name of applicant)
...................................................................................
(Signature of applicant)
Subscribed and sworn to before me
this ...... day of the month of ...... of the year ......
.
Notary Public or other person
authorized to administer an oath
2. Each address of the applicant that must be included in the declaration of eligibility pursuant to subsection 1 must be the street address of the residence where the applicant actually, as opposed to constructively, resided or resides in accordance with NRS 281.050, if one has been assigned.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2094 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
or resides in accordance with NRS 281.050, if one has been assigned. The declaration of eligibility must not be accepted for filing if any of the applicants addresses are listed as a post office box unless a street address has not been assigned to the residence.
3. A declaration of eligibility filed pursuant to this section is a public record and the filing officer shall make the declaration of eligibility available to the public in an electronic format.
4. Any person who does not submit a declaration of eligibility pursuant to this section is ineligible to fill the vacancy of the former Legislator.
[4.] 5. Any person who knowingly and willfully files a declaration of eligibility that contains a false statement in violation of this section is guilty of a gross misdemeanor.
Sec. 14. NRS 223.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
223.010 No person shall be eligible to the Office of Governor unless the person:
1. Has attained the age of 25 years at the time of such election; [and]
2. Is a qualified elector and has been a citizen resident of this State for 2 years next preceding the election [.] ; and
3. Is registered to vote in this State.
Sec. 15. NRS 224.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
224.010 No person shall be eligible to the Office of Lieutenant Governor unless the person:
1. Has attained the age of 25 years at the time of such election; [and]
2. Is a qualified elector and has been a citizen resident of this State for 2 years next preceding the election [.] ; and
3. Is registered to vote in this State.
Sec. 16. NRS 225.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
225.010 No person shall be eligible to the Office of Secretary of State unless the person:
1. Has attained the age of 25 years at the time of such election; [and]
2. Is a qualified elector and has been a citizen resident of this State for 2 years next preceding the election [.] ; and
3. Is registered to vote in this State.
Sec. 17. NRS 226.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
226.010 No person shall be eligible to the Office of State Treasurer unless the person:
1. Has attained the age of 25 years at the time of such election; [and]
2. Is a qualified elector and has been a citizen resident of this State for 2 years next preceding the election [.] ; and
3. Is registered to vote in this State.
Sec. 18. NRS 227.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
227.010 No person shall be eligible to the Office of State Controller unless the person:
1. Has attained the age of 25 years at the time of such election; [and]
2. Is a qualified elector and has been a citizen resident of this State for 2 years next preceding the election [.] ; and
3. Is registered to vote in this State.
Sec. 19. NRS 228.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
228.010 No person shall be eligible to the Office of Attorney General unless the person:
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2095 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
1. Has attained the age of 30 years at the time of such election;
2. Is a qualified elector and has been a citizen resident of this State for 3 years next preceding the election;
3. Is registered to vote in this State; and
[3.] 4. Is a member of the State Bar of Nevada in good standing.
Sec. 20. NRS 244.020 is hereby amended to read as follows:
244.020 1. County commissioners must [be] :
(a) Be qualified electors of their respective counties ;
(b) Be registered to vote in the county; and [have]
(c) Have such other qualifications as are provided in this chapter.
2. No county or township officer is eligible to the office of county commissioner.
Sec. 21. NRS 246.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
246.010 1. County clerks shall be elected by the qualified electors of their respective counties.
2. County clerks must be registered to vote in the county.
3. County clerks shall be chosen by the electors of their respective counties at the general election in 1922, and at the general election every 4 years thereafter, and shall enter upon the duties of their respective offices on the first Monday of January subsequent to their election.
Sec. 22. NRS 247.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
247.010 1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3 or as altered pursuant to the mechanism set forth in NRS 244.1507, county recorders must be [elected] :
(a) Elected by the qualified electors of their respective counties [.] ; and
(b) Registered to vote in the county.
2. County recorders must be chosen by the electors of their respective counties at the general election in 1922, and at the general election every 4 years thereafter, and shall enter upon the duties of their respective offices on the first Monday of January subsequent to their election.
3. The Clerk of Carson City is ex officio the Recorder of Carson City.
Sec. 23. NRS 248.005 is hereby amended to read as follows:
248.005 1. No person is eligible to the office of sheriff unless the person:
(a) Will have attained the age of 21 years on the date he or she would take office if so elected;
(b) Is a qualified elector;
(c) Is registered to vote in the county which the office represents; and
[(c)] (d) On or after January 1, 2010, meets the requirements set forth in subsection 2 or 3, as applicable.
2. If a person described in paragraph [(c)] (d) of subsection 1 is a candidate for the office of sheriff in a county whose population is 30,000 or more, the person must meet the following requirements at the time he or she files his or her declaration of candidacy for the office:
(a) He or she has a history of at least 5 consecutive years of employment or service:
(1) As a peace officer;
(2) As a law enforcement officer of an agency of the United States;
(3) As a law enforcement officer of another state or political subdivision thereof; or
(4) In any combination of the positions described in subparagraphs (1), (2) and (3); and
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2096 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
(b) He or she has:
(1) Been certified as a category I peace officer by the Commission;
(2) Been certified as a category I peace officer or its equivalent by the certifying authority of another state that, as determined by the Commission, imposes requirements for certification as a category I peace officer in this State; or
(3) Successfully completed a federal law enforcement training program approved by the Commission.
3. If a person described in paragraph [(c)] (d) of subsection 1 is a candidate for the office of sheriff in a county whose population is less than 30,000, the person is not required to meet any requirements with respect to employment, service, certification or training at the time he or she files his or her declaration of candidacy for the office. However, such a person forfeits his or her office if, within 1 year after the date on which the person takes office, the person fails to earn certification by the Commission as a category I peace officer, category II peace officer or category III peace officer.
4. A person who has been convicted of a felony in this State or any other state is not qualified to be a candidate for or elected or appointed to the office of sheriff regardless of whether the person has been restored to his or her civil rights.
5. As used in this section:
(a) Category I peace officer has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 289.460.
(b) Category II peace officer has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 289.470.
(c) Category III peace officer has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 289.480.
(d) Commission means the Peace Officers Standards and Training Commission created pursuant to NRS 289.500.
(e) Declaration of candidacy has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 293.0455.
(f) Peace officer has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 289.010.
Sec. 24. NRS 249.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
249.010 1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3 or as altered pursuant to the mechanism set forth in NRS 244.1507, county treasurers must be [elected] :
(a) Elected by the qualified electors of their respective counties [.] ; and
(b) Registered to vote in the county.
2. County treasurers must be chosen by the electors of their respective counties at the general election in 1922, and at the general election every 4 years thereafter, and shall enter upon the duties of their respective offices on the first Monday of January subsequent to their election.
3. The county clerks of Churchill, Douglas, Esmeralda, Eureka, Lyon, Mineral, Pershing and Storey Counties are ex officio county treasurers of their respective counties, unless such an arrangement is altered pursuant to the mechanism set forth in NRS 244.1507.
Sec. 25. NRS 250.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
250.010 1. County assessors shall be elected by the qualified electors of their counties.
2. County assessors must be registered to vote in the county.
3. County assessors shall be chosen by the electors of their respective counties at the general election in 1922, and at the general election every 4 years thereafter, and shall enter upon the duties of their offices on the first Monday of January subsequent to their election.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2097 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
years thereafter, and shall enter upon the duties of their offices on the first Monday of January subsequent to their election.
Sec. 26. NRS 252.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
252.010 No person shall be a candidate for or be eligible to the office of district attorney unless the person is:
1. A bona fide resident of the State of Nevada.
2. Registered to vote in this State.
3. An attorney duly licensed and admitted to practice law in all the courts of this State.
Sec. 27. NRS 253.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:
253.010 Except as otherwise provided in NRS 253.125:
1. Except as otherwise provided in subsections 4 and 5 or as altered pursuant to the mechanism set forth in NRS 244.1507, public administrators must be elected by the qualified electors of their respective counties.
2. Public administrators must be chosen by the electors of their respective counties at the general election in 1922 and at the general election every 4 years thereafter, and shall enter upon the duties of their office on the first Monday of January after their election.
3. The public administrator of a county must:
(a) Be a qualified elector of the county;
(b) Be registered to vote in the county;
(c) Be at least 21 years of age on the date he or she will take office;
[(c)] (d) Not have been convicted of a felony for which his or her civil rights have not been restored; and
[(d)] (e) Not have been found liable in a civil action involving a finding of fraud, misrepresentation, material omission, misappropriation, theft or conversion.
4. The district attorneys of Humboldt, Lander, Lincoln, Storey and White Pine Counties are ex officio public administrators of Humboldt County, Lander County, Lincoln County, Storey County and White Pine County, respectively, unless such an arrangement is altered pursuant to the mechanism set forth in NRS 244.1507. The Clerk of Carson City shall serve as Public Administrator of Carson City.
5. In a county other than Carson City and Humboldt, Lander, Lincoln, Storey and White Pine Counties, if, for any reason, the office of public administrator becomes vacant, the board of county commissioners may appoint a public administrator for the remainder of the unexpired term.
Sec. 28. NRS 258.005 is hereby amended to read as follows:
258.005 1. No person is eligible to the office of constable unless the person:
(a) Will have attained the age of 21 years on the date he or she would take office if so elected or appointed; [and]
(b) Is a qualified elector [.] ; and
(c) Is registered to vote in the township which the office represents.
2. A person who has been convicted of a felony in this state or any other state is not qualified to be a candidate for or elected or appointed to the office of constable regardless of whether the person has been restored to his or her civil rights.
Sec. 29. NRS 266.170 is hereby amended to read as follows:
266.170 Mayors shall be [qualified] :
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2098 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
1. Qualified electors within their respective cities and shall have been actually bona fide residents [thereof] for a period of at least 1 year next preceding their election [.] ; and
2. Registered to vote in their respective cities.
Sec. 30. NRS 266.215 is hereby amended to read as follows:
266.215 Council members must be:
1. Qualified electors within their respective cities and bona fide residents thereof for a period of at least 1 year next preceding their election.
2. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 266.220, qualified electors within their respective wards.
3. Registered to vote in their respective wards or in the city, if elected by the voters of the city at large pursuant to NRS 266.020.
Sec. 31. NRS 267.030 is hereby amended to read as follows:
267.030 Whenever the qualified voters of any incorporated city desiring to adopt a commission form of government so declare their desire by filing with the governing body of that city a petition having the signatures of one-fourth of the qualified voters voting at the last city election, the governing body shall cause 15 qualified electors to be elected at the next primary or general municipal election or primary or general state election to frame a charter which provides for a commission form of government for the city. The persons elected must [have] :
1. Have been residents of the city for at least 2 years preceding their election [.] ; and
2. Be registered to vote in the city.
Sec. 32. NRS 269.017 is hereby amended to read as follows:
269.017 1. If the board of county commissioners determines that the best interests of an unincorporated town would be served by adoption of a town board form of government it shall establish a town board for the town by appointing five persons who are residents and qualified electors in the town to serve as members of the town board until successors can be elected at the next general election.
2. At the next general election five persons who are residents , [and] qualified electors in the town and registered to vote in the town must be elected by the registered voters of the town to serve as members of the town board.
Sec. 33. NRS 269.0171 is hereby amended to read as follows:
269.0171 1. If the establishment of a town board form of government is proposed by initiative petition, and the proposal is submitted to the electors, the prospective members of the town board must be elected at the same general election in which the proposal is submitted to the electors.
2. Any person who is a resident, is a qualified elector , is registered to vote in the town and desires to become a candidate for the position of member of a town board must, within the time specified by subsection 3, file in the office of the county clerk a notice of intention to become a candidate. The notice of intention must show that the person possesses the qualifications required by this section. Each person filing the notice of intention as required by this section is entitled to have his or her name placed on the official ballot.
3. The notice of intention required by subsection 2 must be filed not later than 5 p.m. on the second Tuesday in May of the year in which the election is held.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2099 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
4. If the proposal to establish a town board form of government is approved at the election, members of the town board elected pursuant to this section serve as members until the next general election.
Sec. 34. NRS 269.576 is hereby amended to read as follows:
269.576 1. Except as appointment may be deferred pursuant to NRS 269.563 or 269.567, the board of county commissioners of any county whose population is 700,000 or more shall, in each ordinance which establishes an unincorporated town pursuant to NRS 269.500 to 269.625, inclusive, provide for:
(a) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 7, appointment by the board of county commissioners or the election by the registered voters of the unincorporated town of three or five qualified electors who are residents of the unincorporated town and registered to vote in the unincorporated town to serve as the town advisory board. If the ordinance provides for appointment by the board of county commissioners, in making such appointments, the board of county commissioners shall consider:
(1) The results of any poll conducted by the town advisory board; and
(2) Any application submitted to the board of county commissioners by persons who desire to be appointed to the town advisory board in response to an announcement made by the town advisory board.
(b) A term of 2 years for members of the town advisory board.
(c) Election of a chair from among the members of the town advisory board for a term of 2 years, and, if a vacancy occurs in the office of chair, for the election of a chair from among the members for the remainder of the unexpired term. The ordinance must also provide that a chair is not eligible to succeed himself or herself for a term of office as chair.
2. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 7, the members of a town advisory board serve at the pleasure of the board of county commissioners.
3. If a vacancy occurs on the town advisory board, the board of county commissioners shall appoint a new member to serve out the remainder of the unexpired term of the member.
4. The board of county commissioners shall provide notice of the expiration of the term of a member of and any vacancy on a town advisory board to the residents of the unincorporated town by mail, newsletter or newspaper at least 30 days before the expiration of the term or filling the vacancy.
5. The duties of the town advisory board are to:
(a) Assist the board of county commissioners in governing the unincorporated town by acting as liaison between the residents of the town and the board of county commissioners; and
(b) Advise the board of county commissioners on matters of importance to the unincorporated town and its residents.
6. The board of county commissioners may provide by ordinance for compensation for the members of the town advisory board.
7. Except an unincorporated town established pursuant to NRS 269.567, if an unincorporated town is established in a county whose population is 700,000 or more and is located 25 miles or more from an incorporated city whose population is 500,000 or more:
(a) The board of county commissioners shall by ordinance provide for the election by the registered voters of the unincorporated town of three or five qualified electors who are residents of the unincorporated town and registered to vote in the unincorporated town to serve as the town advisory board.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2100 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
registered to vote in the unincorporated town to serve as the town advisory board. If there are fewer qualified electors who are residents of the unincorporated town who file for election to the town advisory board than there are seats on the town advisory board, the board of county commissioners shall appoint as many new members as are necessary to fill the seats left vacant after the election.
(b) The members of the town advisory board of the unincorporated town do not serve at the pleasure of and may not be removed by the board of county commissioners.
Sec. 35. NRS 269.577 is hereby amended to read as follows:
269.577 1. Except as appointment may be deferred pursuant to NRS 269.567, the board of county commissioners of any county whose population is less than 700,000 shall, in each ordinance which establishes an unincorporated town pursuant to NRS 269.500 to 269.625, inclusive, provide for:
(a) The appointment by the board of county commissioners or the election by the people of three or five qualified electors who are residents of the unincorporated town and registered to vote in the unincorporated town to serve as the town advisory board.
(b) The removal of a member of the town advisory board if the board of county commissioners finds that the removal of the member is in the best interest of the residents of the unincorporated town.
(c) The appointment by the board of county commissioners of a member to serve the unexpired term of a member of the town advisory board removed pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b) or whose position otherwise becomes vacant.
2. The board of county commissioners may provide by ordinance for compensation for the members of the town advisory board.
3. The duties of the town advisory board are to:
(a) Assist the board of county commissioners in governing the unincorporated town by acting as liaison between the residents of the town and the board of county commissioners; and
(b) Advise the board of county commissioners on matters of importance to the unincorporated town and its residents.
Sec. 36. NRS 281.040 is hereby amended to read as follows:
281.040 1. No person who is not a qualified elector shall be eligible to any office of honor, profit or trust in and under the government and laws of this State.
2. No person who is not registered to vote in the State, district, county, township or other area prescribed by law in which the officer is required to reside shall be eligible to any elected office of the State or a local government.
Sec. 37. NRS 318.080 is hereby amended to read as follows:
318.080 1. After adopting an ordinance creating a district and before appointing the first board of trustees for the district, the board of county commissioners is, ex officio, the board of trustees for the district.
2. While acting as the board of trustees, the board of county commissioners shall establish:
(a) Accounting practices and procedures for the district;
(b) Auditing practices and procedures to be used by the district;
(c) A budget for the district; and
(d) Management standards for the district.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2101 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
3. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 318.0953 and 318.09533, after the board of county commissioners has performed the duties required by subsection 2, it shall appoint five persons to serve as the first board of trustees of the district and shall specify therein the terms of office to the first Monday in January next following the respective election dates provided in NRS 318.095. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 5, these persons must be qualified electors of the district [.] and registered to vote in the district.
4. The members of the board of trustees shall qualify by filing with the county clerk their oaths of office and corporate surety bonds, at the expense of the district, the bonds to be in an amount not more than $10,000 each, the form and exact amount thereof to be approved and determined, respectively, by the board of county commissioners, conditioned for the faithful performance of their duties as trustees. The board of county commissioners may from time to time, upon good cause shown, increase or decrease the amount of the bond.
5. The board of county commissioners may appoint as one of the five initial trustees as provided by subsection 1 the district attorney for the county or a deputy district attorney on his or her staff. Such appointee need not be a qualified elector of the district, but no such attorney is qualified for appointment to fill any vacancy on the board pursuant to NRS 318.090 or qualified as a candidate for election to the board at any biennial election pursuant to NRS 318.095 unless he or she is a qualified elector of the district.
6. The board of county commissioners of the county vested with jurisdiction pursuant to NRS 318.050 may remove any trustee serving on an appointed or elected board of trustees for cause shown, on petition, hearing and notice thereof by publication and by mail addressed to the trustee.
Sec. 38. NRS 318.083 is hereby amended to read as follows:
318.083 1. Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary, the board of trustees of a district organized or reorganized pursuant to this chapter that exists on July 1, 2009, that is authorized only to exercise the basic power of furnishing electric light and power pursuant to NRS 318.117 in a county whose population is 700,000 or more, and for which the board of county commissioners of the county is not ex officio the board of trustees, shall consist of seven trustees. The members of the board of trustees must be registered to vote in the district.
2. The members of the board of trustees described in subsection 1 must be selected as follows:
(a) One member who is elected by the qualified electors of the largest incorporated city in the district at the first biennial election following July 1, 2009. The term of office of a trustee who is elected pursuant to this paragraph is 4 years.
(b) One member who is elected by the qualified electors of the district at the first biennial election following July 1, 2009. The initial term of office of a trustee who is elected pursuant to this paragraph is 2 years. After the initial term, the term of office of a trustee who is elected pursuant to this paragraph is 4 years.
(c) Five members who are elected from the election areas in the district created pursuant to NRS 318.0952 that existed on July 1, 2009, each of whom serves for a term of 4 years.
3. Each member of the board of trustees must be a resident of the area which he or she seeks to represent.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2102 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
4. A majority of the members of the board constitutes a quorum at any meeting.
Sec. 39. NRS 318.090 is hereby amended to read as follows:
318.090 Except as otherwise provided in NRS 318.0953 and 318.09533:
1. The board shall, by resolution, designate the place where the office or principal place of the district is to be located, which must be within the corporate limits of the district and which may be changed by resolution of the board. Copies of all those resolutions must be filed with the county clerk or clerks of the county or counties wherein the district is located within 5 days after their adoption. The official records and files of the district must be kept at that office and must be open to public inspection as provided in NRS 239.010.
2. The board of trustees shall meet regularly at least once each year, and at such other times at the office or principal place of the district as provided in the bylaws.
3. Special meetings may be held on notice to each member of the board as often as, and at such places within the district as, the needs of the district require.
4. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 318.083, three members of the board constitute a quorum at any meeting.
5. A vacancy on the board must be filled by a qualified elector of the district who is registered to vote in the district and chosen by the remaining members of the board, the appointee to act until a successor in office qualifies as provided in NRS 318.080 on or after the first Monday in January next following the next biennial election, held in accordance with NRS 318.083 or 318.095, at which election the vacancy must be filled by election if the term of office extends beyond that first Monday in January. Nominations of qualified electors of the district as candidates to fill unexpired terms of 2 years may be made the same as nominations for regular terms of 4 years, as provided in NRS 318.083 and 318.095. If the board fails, neglects or refuses to fill any vacancy within 30 days after the vacancy occurs, the board of county commissioners shall fill that vacancy.
6. Each term of office of 4 years terminates on the first Monday in January next following the general election at which a successor in office is elected, as provided in NRS 318.083 or 318.095. The successors term of office commences then or as soon thereafter as the successor qualifies as provided in NRS 318.080, subject to the provisions in this chapter for initial appointments to a board, for appointments to fill vacancies of unexpired terms and for the reorganizations of districts under this chapter which were organized under other chapters of NRS.
Sec. 40. NRS 318.095 is hereby amended to read as follows:
318.095 Except as otherwise provided in NRS 318.0953:
1. There must be held simultaneously with the first general election in the county after the creation of the district and simultaneously with every general election thereafter an election to be known as the biennial election of the district. The election must be conducted under the supervision of the county clerk or registrar of voters. A district shall reimburse the county clerk or registrar of voters for the costs he or she incurred in conducting the election for the district.
2. The office of trustee is a nonpartisan office. The general election laws of this State govern the candidacy, nominations and election of a member of the board. The names of the candidates for trustee of a district may be placed on the ballot for the primary or general election.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2103 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
may be placed on the ballot for the primary or general election. A candidate for the office of trustee must be a registered voter in the district.
3. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 318.083, at the first biennial election in any district organized or reorganized and operating under this chapter and each fourth year thereafter, there must be elected by the qualified electors of the district two qualified electors as members of the board to serve for terms of 4 years. At the second biennial election and each fourth year thereafter, there must be so elected three qualified electors as members of the board to serve for terms of 4 years.
4. The secretary of the district shall give notice of election by publication and shall arrange such other details in connection therewith as the county clerk or registrar of voters may direct.
5. Any new member of the board must qualify in the same manner as members of the first board qualify.
Sec. 41. NRS 318.0952 is hereby amended to read as follows:
318.0952 Except as otherwise provided in NRS 318.0953:
1. Trustees may be elected in the alternate manner provided in this section from election areas within the district.
2. Within 30 days before May 1 of any year in which a general election is to be held in the State, 10 percent or more of the qualified electors of the district voting at the next preceding biennial election of the district may file a written petition with the board of county commissioners of the county vested with jurisdiction under NRS 318.050 praying for the creation of election areas within the district in the manner provided in this section. The petition must specify with particularity the five areas proposed to be created. The description of the proposed election areas need not be given by metes and bounds or by legal subdivisions, but must be sufficient to enable a person to ascertain what territory is proposed to be included within a particular area. The signatures to the petition need not all be appended to one paper, but each signer must add to the signers name his or her place of residence, giving the street and number whenever practicable. One of the signers of each paper shall take an oath, before a person competent to administer oaths, that each signature to the paper appended is the genuine signature of the person whose name it purports to be.
3. Immediately after the receipt of the petition, the board of county commissioners shall fix a date for a public hearing to be held during the month of May, and shall give notice thereof by publication at least once in a newspaper published in the county, or if no such newspaper is published therein then in a newspaper published in the State of Nevada and having a general circulation in the county. The costs of publication of that notice are a proper charge against the district fund.
4. If, as a result of the public hearing, the board of county commissioners finds that the creation of election areas within the district is desirable, the board of county commissioners shall, by resolution regularly adopted before June 1, divide the district into the areas specified in the petition, designate them by number and define their boundaries. The territory comprising each election area must be contiguous. One trustee must be elected from each election area by a majority of the qualified electors voting on the candidates for any vacancy for that area as provided in subsection 7.
5. Before June 1 and immediately following the adoption of the resolution creating election areas within a district, the clerk of the board of county commissioners shall transmit a certified copy of the resolution to the secretary of the district.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2104 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
6. Upon the creation of election areas within a district, the terms of office of all trustees then in office expire on the first Monday of January thereafter next following a biennial election. At the biennial election held following the creation of election areas within a district, district trustees to represent the odd-numbered election areas must be elected for terms of 4 years and district trustees to represent the even-numbered election areas must be elected for terms of 2 years. Thereafter, at each biennial election, the offices of trustees must be filled for terms of 4 years in the order in which the terms of office expire.
7. Candidates for election as a trustee representing any election area must be elected only by those qualified electors of the district residing in that area. No qualified elector may vote in more than one election area at any one time.
8. A candidate for the office of trustee of a district in which election areas have been created must be [a] :
(a) A qualified elector of the district [and must be a] ;
(b) A resident of the election area which the candidate seeks to represent [.] ; and
(c) Registered to vote in the district.
9. Election areas may be altered or abolished in the same manner as provided in this section for the creation of election areas and the election of trustees therefor.
Sec. 42. NRS 318.09535 is hereby amended to read as follows:
318.09535 1. Whenever a board of county commissioners is the board of trustees of any district organized or reorganized pursuant to this chapter or is exercising any powers pursuant to NRS 244.157, the board may by ordinance establish a local district managing board for the district.
2. Such a local district managing board must consist of not less than 5 members and not more than 12 members who are qualified electors of the district [.] and registered to vote in the district. The members must be:
(a) Appointed by the board of county commissioners; or
(b) Elected by the qualified electors of the district.
3. If the local district managing board is elective, the initial appointments and subsequent elections must be conducted in the manner provided in this chapter for trustees of a district.
4. An ordinance establishing a local district managing board must:
(a) Provide for the compensation which members of the board are to receive for their services;
(b) Provide for the terms of office for the members of the board;
(c) Contain a recital of the powers delegated and duties assigned by the board of county commissioners to the local district managing board; and
(d) Provide that the local district managing board does not have the power to tax, issue bonds or call for an election for the issuance of bonds. All taxes must be levied and bonds issued by the board of county commissioners as generally provided in this chapter.
5. Any vacancy on the board must be filled by a qualified elector of the district who is appointed by the board of county commissioners. If the local district managing board is appointive, the person appointed to fill the vacancy must be appointed to serve the remainder of the unexpired term. If the board is elective, the appointee must be appointed to serve until the first Monday in January when his or her successor in office, elected at the biennial election next following the vacancy, qualifies.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2105 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
6. The local district managing board may be dissolved by the board of county commissioners after notice and hearing whenever the board of county commissioners determines:
(a) The local district managing board is no longer necessary; or
(b) The services of the district can be more effectively performed by another district.
Sec. 43. NRS 318A.180 is hereby amended to read as follows:
318A.180 1. Except as otherwise may be provided in an interlocal agreement entered into pursuant to NRS 318A.160, after adopting an ordinance creating a district, the governing body must establish:
(a) Accounting practices and procedures for the district;
(b) Auditing practices and procedures to be used by the district;
(c) A budget for the district; and
(d) Management standards for the district.
2. After the duties required by subsection 1 have been performed, the first board of trustees of the district, consisting of five members, must be appointed. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, each governing body of a county or city with territory included within the district that has entered into an interlocal agreement pursuant to NRS 318A.160 must each appoint one member to the first board of trustees. If:
(a) More than five counties or cities have territory within the district, the interlocal agreement entered into pursuant to NRS 318A.160 must determine which governing bodies may appoint the five members of the first board of trustees of the district.
(b) Less than five counties or cities have territory within the district, the governing body of each county or city must appoint one member and the remaining members of the first board of trustees must be appointed as determined pursuant to the terms of the interlocal agreement entered into pursuant to NRS 318A.160.
3. The members of the first board of trustees must be qualified electors of the district [.] and registered to vote in the district. The trustees must determine by lot which three trustees serve 4-year terms and which two trustees serve 2-year terms.
4. The governing body may remove any member of the first board of trustees for cause shown unless an interlocal agreement entered into pursuant to NRS 318A.160 otherwise prohibits such removal.
5. All members of the board of trustees must file with the clerk their oaths of office and corporate surety bonds, at the expense of the district, the bonds to be in an amount not more than $10,000 each, the form and exact amount thereof to be approved and determined, respectively, by the governing body, conditioned for the faithful performance of their duties as trustees. The governing body may from time to time, upon good cause shown, increase or decrease the amount of the bond.
Sec. 44. NRS 318A.200 is hereby amended to read as follows:
318A.200 1. The board shall, by resolution, designate the place where the office or principal place of the district is to be located, which must be within the corporate limits of the district and which may be changed by resolution of the board. Copies of all those resolutions must be filed with the clerk within 5 days after their adoption. The official records and files of the district must be kept at that office and must be open to public inspection as provided in NRS 239.010.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2106 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
2. The board of trustees shall meet regularly at least once each year, and at such other times at the office or principal place of the district as provided in the bylaws.
3. Special meetings may be held on notice to each member of the board as often as, and at such places within the district as, the needs of the district require.
4. Three members of the board constitute a quorum at any meeting.
5. Unless an interlocal agreement entered into pursuant to NRS 318A.160 provides otherwise, a vacancy on the board must be filled by a qualified elector of the district who is registered to vote in the district and chosen by the remaining members of the board.
Sec. 45. NRS 320.070 is hereby amended to read as follows:
320.070 1. After adopting a resolution creating a district, the board of county commissioners shall appoint five persons to serve as the initial members of the board. A member of the board appointed pursuant to this subsection:
(a) Must be a qualified elector of the district [;] and registered to vote in the district; and
(b) Serves in that office until his or her successor is elected pursuant to NRS 320.080.
2. Each member of the board must qualify for appointment by filing in the office of the county clerk where the district is located:
(a) A written oath of office signed by the member; and
(b) A bond in an amount of not more than $10,000 as determined by the board of county commissioners. The bond must be filed in a form approved by the board of county commissioners and be conditioned upon the satisfactory performance of the duties of the member filing the bond. The board of county commissioners may, from time to time, increase or decrease the amount of the bond.
Sec. 46. NRS 385.021 is hereby amended to read as follows:
385.021 1. The State Board of Education is hereby created. The State Board consists of the following voting members:
(a) One member elected by the registered voters of each congressional district described in the shapefile adopted by NRS 304.095;
(b) One member appointed by the Governor;
(c) One member appointed by the Governor, nominated by the Majority Leader of the Senate; and
(d) One member appointed by the Governor, nominated by the Speaker of the Assembly.
2. In addition to the voting members described in subsection 1, the State Board consists of the following four nonvoting members:
(a) One member appointed by the Governor who is a member of a board of trustees of a school district, nominated by the Nevada Association of School Boards;
(b) One member appointed by the Governor who is the superintendent of schools of a school district, nominated by the Nevada Association of School Superintendents;
(c) One member appointed by the Governor who represents the Nevada System of Higher Education, nominated by the Board of Regents of the University of Nevada; and
(d) One member appointed by the Governor who is a pupil enrolled in a public school in this State, nominated by the Nevada Association of Student Councils or its successor organization and in consultation with the Nevada Youth Legislature.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2107 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
Youth Legislature. After the initial term, the term of the member appointed pursuant to this paragraph commences on June 1 and expires on May 31 of the following year.
3. Each member of the State Board elected pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1 must be [a] :
(a) A qualified elector of the district from which that member is elected [.] ; and
(b) Registered to vote in the district.
4. Each member appointed pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of subsection 1 and each member appointed pursuant to subsection 2 must be a resident of this State.
5. Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (a) and (c) of subsection 2, a person who is elected to serve as an officer of this State or any political subdivision thereof or a person appointed to serve for the unexpired term of such an office may not serve or continue to serve on the State Board.
6. The Governor shall ensure that the members appointed pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of subsection 1 represent the geographic diversity of this State and that:
(a) One member is a teacher at a public school selected from a list of three candidates provided by the Nevada State Education Association.
(b) One member is the parent or legal guardian of a pupil enrolled in a public school.
(c) One member is a person active in a private business or industry of this State.
7. After the initial terms, each member:
(a) Elected pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1 serves a term of 4 years. A member may be elected to serve not more than three terms but may be appointed to serve pursuant to paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of subsection 1 or subsection 2 after service as an elected member, notwithstanding the number of terms the member served as an elected member.
(b) Appointed pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of subsection 1 serves a term of 2 years, except that each member continues to serve until a successor is appointed. A member may be reappointed for additional terms of 2 years in the same manner as the original appointment.
(c) Appointed pursuant to subsection 2 serves a term of 1 year. A member may be reappointed for additional terms of 1 year in the same manner as the original appointment.
8. If a vacancy occurs during the term of:
(a) A member who was elected pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1, the Governor shall appoint a member to fill the vacancy until the next general election, at which election a member must be chosen for the balance of the unexpired term. The appointee must be a qualified elector of the district where the vacancy occurs [.] and registered to vote in the district.
(b) A voting member appointed pursuant to paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of subsection 1 or a nonvoting member appointed pursuant to subsection 2, the vacancy must be filled in the same manner as the original appointment for the remainder of the unexpired term.
Sec. 47. NRS 386.200 is hereby amended to read as follows:
386.200 1. In addition to the manner of election provided in NRS 386.205, 386.215 and 386.225, the trustees of a county school district may be elected from school trustee election areas in the alternate manner provided in this section.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2108 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
2. Within 30 days before May 1 of any year in which a general election is to be held in the State, 10 percent or more of the registered voters of a county school district in which 25,000 or fewer pupils are enrolled may file a written petition with the board of county commissioners of the county praying for the creation of school trustee election areas within the county school district in the manner provided in this section. The petition must specify with particularity the school trustee election areas proposed to be created, the number of trustees to be elected from each area, and the manner of their nomination and election. The number of school trustee election areas proposed must not exceed the number of trustees authorized by law for the particular county school district. The description of the proposed school trustee election areas need not be given by metes and bounds or by legal subdivisions, but must be sufficient to enable a person to ascertain what territory is proposed to be included within a particular school trustee election area. The signatures to the petition need not all be appended to one paper, but each signer must add to his or her name his or her place of residence, giving the street and number whenever practicable. One of the signers of each paper shall swear or affirm, before a person competent to administer oaths, that each signature to the paper appended is the genuine signature of the person whose name it purports to be.
3. Immediately after the receipt of the petition, the board of county commissioners shall fix a date for a public hearing to be held during the month of May, and shall give notice thereof by publication at least once in a newspaper published in the county, or if no such newspaper is published therein then in a newspaper published in the State of Nevada and having a general circulation in the county. The costs of publication of the notice is a proper charge against the county school district fund.
4. If, as a result of the public hearing, the board of county commissioners finds that the creation of school trustee election areas within the county school district is desirable, the board of county commissioners shall, by resolution regularly adopted before June 1, divide the county school district into the number of school trustee election areas specified in the petition, designate them by number and define their boundaries. The territory comprising each school trustee election area must be contiguous. The resolution must further set forth the number of trustees to be elected from each school trustee election area and the manner of their nomination and election.
5. Before June 1 and immediately following the adoption of the resolution creating school trustee election areas within a county school district, the clerk of the board of county commissioners shall transmit a certified copy of the resolution to the Superintendent of Public Instruction.
6. Upon the creation of school trustee election areas within a county school district the terms of office of all trustees then in office expire on the 1st Monday of January thereafter next following a general election. At the general election held following the creation of school trustee election areas within a county school district, school trustees to represent the odd-numbered school trustee election areas must be elected for terms of 4 years and school trustees to represent the even-numbered school trustee election areas must be elected for terms of 2 years. Thereafter, at each general election, the offices of school trustees must be filled for terms of 4 years in the order in which the terms of office expire.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2109 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
7. A candidate for the office of trustee of a county school district in which school trustee election areas have been created must be [a] :
(a) A qualified elector [and a] ;
(b) A resident of the school trustee election area which he or she seeks to represent [.] ; and
(c) Registered to vote in the school trustee election area which he or she seeks to represent.
8. The board of county commissioners may by resolution change the boundaries of school trustee election areas or the manner of nomination or election of school trustees after:
(a) Holding a public hearing of which notice must be given as provided in subsection 3; and
(b) Receiving, at the hearing or by resolution, the consent of the board of trustees of the school district.
9. If the Superintendent of Public Instruction certifies to the county clerk that the enrollment of pupils during the preceding school year in a county school district was less than 1,000, or was 1,000 or more but less than 1,500 in a district in which the board of trustees has adopted a resolution in accordance with NRS 386.120 specifying that the board will consist of five members, and the board of trustees of the county school district is composed of seven elected members based upon a previous enrollment of 1,000 or more, the board of county commissioners shall alter the school trustee election areas or change the number of trustees to be elected from the areas, or the manner of their nomination and election, as may be necessary to provide for reduction of the membership of the board of trustees of the county school board from seven to five members, and only five school trustees may thereafter be nominated and elected at the forthcoming elections.
10. If the Superintendent of Public Instruction certifies to the county clerk that the enrollment of pupils during the preceding school year in a county school district was 1,000 or more, and the board of trustees of the county school district is composed of five elected members, the board of county commissioners shall alter the school trustee election areas or change the number of trustees to be elected from the areas, or the manner of their nomination and election, as may be necessary to provide for increasing the membership of the board of trustees of the county school district from five to seven members, and two additional school trustees must thereafter be nominated and elected at the forthcoming elections.
11. The provisions of subsection 10 do not apply in a school district in which the pupil enrollment during the preceding school year was 1,000 or more but less than 1,500, and in which the board of trustees of the school district has adopted a resolution specifying that the board will consist of five members.
Sec. 48. NRS 386.225 is hereby amended to read as follows:
386.225 1. Election districts created pursuant to NRS 386.205 may be constructed so that the:
(a) Voters in each election district elect a trustee to represent them; or
(b) Trustees are elected by all of the voters in the county school district.
Κ In either case, each trustee must be a resident of the election district which he or she represents throughout his or her term of office [.] and registered to vote in the election district.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2110 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
2. The board of trustees shall adopt a resolution, after a public hearing on the matter, determining whether each trustee will be elected solely by the voters in the election district of the trustee or all of the voters in the county school district.
Sec. 49. NRS 386.240 is hereby amended to read as follows:
386.240 A candidate for election to the office of trustee of a school district shall:
1. Be a qualified elector.
2. Have the qualifications of residence within the county school district required for the office for which he or she seeks election.
3. Be registered to vote in the county school district required for the office for which he or she seeks election.
Sec. 50. NRS 396.040 is hereby amended to read as follows:
396.040 1. The Board of Regents consists of 13 members elected by the registered voters within the districts described in the shapefile adopted by NRS 396.047.
2. The members of the Board of Regents must be elected as follows:
(a) At the general election in 2002, and every 6 years thereafter, one member of the Board of Regents must be elected from districts 2, 3, 5 and 10.
(b) At the general election in 2004, and every 6 years thereafter, one member of the Board of Regents must be elected from districts 6, 7, 8, 11 and 13.
(c) At the general election in 2006, and every 6 years thereafter, one member of the Board of Regents must be elected from districts 1, 4, 9 and 12.
3. Each member of the Board of Regents must be a resident of the district from which the member is elected [.] and registered to vote in the district.
Sec. 51. NRS 450.070 is hereby amended to read as follows:
450.070 1. Except in counties where the board of county commissioners is the board of hospital trustees, the board of hospital trustees for the public hospital consists of five trustees, who must:
(a) Be residents of the county or counties concerned.
(b) Be registered to vote in the county or counties concerned.
(c) Be elected as provided in subsection 2.
2. In any county:
(a) Whose population is less than 100,000, hospital trustees must be elected for terms of 4 years in the same manner as other county officers are elected.
(b) Whose population is 100,000 or more but less than 700,000, hospital trustees must be elected from the county at large for terms of 4 years.
Sec. 52. NRS 474.070 is hereby amended to read as follows:
474.070 1. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, when, pursuant to the provisions of NRS 474.040, 474.050 and 474.060, the boundaries of the proposed district are defined and established by the board, the board of county commissioners shall make an order dividing the proposed district into three or five divisions as nearly equal in size as practicable. The divisions must be numbered consecutively and constitute election precincts for the district.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2111 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
2. When or after the boundaries of a district are established, the board of county commissioners may provide for the election of three or five directors at large, without precincts.
3. If precincts are created, each director must be [a] :
(a) A resident of the election precinct for which the director is elected ;
(b) Registered to vote in the election precinct for which the director is elected; and [must be elected]
(c) Elected at large by the district.
Sec. 53. NRS 474.145 is hereby amended to read as follows:
474.145 1. If a vacancy occurs on the board of directors of a county fire protection district, the remaining directors shall fill the vacancy by appointing a qualified elector who is registered to vote in the district to serve during the rest of the term and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.
2. If the remaining directors fail or refuse to appoint a new director within 30 days after the vacancy occurs, the board of county commissioners shall appoint a person to fill the vacancy.
Sec. 54. NRS 539.045 is hereby amended to read as follows:
539.045 1. Upon making an order granting the prayer of the petition as provided in NRS 539.043, the board of county commissioners shall by further order entered upon its record submit to the qualified electors of the proposed district at the next primary or general election the question of whether that district shall be organized pursuant to the provisions of this chapter, and by that order shall submit the names of one or more persons from each of the divisions of the district to be voted for as directors of the district.
2. One director must be elected from each division by the qualified electors of the district and be a qualified elector of the district and holder of title, or evidence of title as prescribed in NRS 539.020 and 539.023, to land within the division from which the director is elected.
3. A candidate for election to the office of director must be registered to vote in the district from which the director is elected.
Sec. 55. NRS 539.367 is hereby amended to read as follows:
539.367 1. One local director shall hold office until his or her successor is elected at the next biennial district election and qualifies, and the other local director shall hold office until his or her successor is elected at the second biennial district election after his or her appointment and qualifies.
2. The terms of such local directors shall be determined by lot, and their successors shall be elected for 4-year terms at the biennial elections.
3. The two local directors, with the director of the district from the division, shall constitute the local board of such division.
4. The directors of the district shall fill any vacancy in the office of local director of a division by the appointment of a qualified elector from the division in which the vacancy occurs [.] who is registered to vote in the division.
Sec. 56. NRS 548.225 is hereby amended to read as follows:
548.225 1. If the Commission determines that the operation of the proposed district within the defined boundaries is administratively practicable and feasible, the Commission shall appoint five supervisors to act as the governing body of the district until the time of the election of five supervisors by the qualified electors of the district, at which time such appointments shall be terminated. The number of supervisors elected to 2-year and 4-year terms shall correspond to the respective numbers so elected in all other districts at that particular election.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2112 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
2-year and 4-year terms shall correspond to the respective numbers so elected in all other districts at that particular election.
2. A candidate for the office of supervisor must be registered to vote in the district from which the supervisor is elected.
3. The five supervisors appointed by the Commission shall be persons who are by training and experience qualified to perform the specialized, skilled services which will be required of them in the performance of their duties hereunder.
Sec. 57. Section 5 of the Charter of Boulder City is hereby amended to read as follows:
Section 5. Qualifications.
1. No person shall be eligible for the office of Council Member or Mayor unless he or she is a qualified elector of Boulder City , [and] has been a resident of the City for at least 2 years immediately prior to the election in which he or she is a candidate [.] and is registered to vote in the City. He or she shall hold no other elective public office, but he or she may hold a commission as a notary public or be a member of the Armed Forces reserve. No employee of the City or officer thereof, excluding City Council Members, receiving compensation under the provisions of this Charter or any City ordinance, shall be a candidate for or eligible for the office of Council Member or Mayor without first resigning from City employment or City office. (Add. 8; Amd. 1; 6-7-1977; Add. 17; Amd. 1; 11-5-1996)
2. If a Council Member or the Mayor ceases to possess any of the qualifications enumerated in subsection 1 or is convicted of a felony, or ceases to be a resident of the City, his or her office shall immediately become vacant. (1959 Charter) (Add. 17; Amd. 1; 11-5-1996)
Sec. 58. Section 2.010 of the Charter of the City of Caliente, being chapter 31, Statutes of Nevada 1971, as last amended by chapter 558, Statutes of Nevada 2019, at page 3549, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 2.010 City Council: Qualifications; election; term of office; salary.
1. The legislative power of the City is vested in a City Council consisting of five Council Members, including the Mayor.
2. The Mayor and each Council Member must be:
(a) Bona fide residents of the City for at least 2 years immediately prior to their election.
(b) Qualified electors within the City.
(c) Registered to vote in the City.
3. All Council Members, including the Mayor, must be voted upon by the registered voters of the City at large and shall serve for terms of 4 years except as otherwise provided in sections 5.010 and 5.120.
4. The Mayor and Council Members shall receive a salary in an amount fixed by the City Council. Such salary must not be increased or diminished during the term of the recipient.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2113 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
Sec. 59. Section 2.010 of the Charter of the City of Carlin, being chapter 344, Statutes of Nevada 1971, as last amended by chapter 58, Statutes of Nevada 2007, at page 142, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 2.010 Board of Council Members: Qualifications; election; term of office; salary.
1. The legislative power of the City is vested in a Board of Council Members consisting of four Council Members and a Mayor.
2. The Mayor and Council Members must be:
(a) Bona fide residents of the City for at least 2 years prior to their election.
(b) Qualified electors within the City.
(c) Registered to vote in the City.
3. All Council Members, including the Mayor, must be voted upon by the registered voters of the City at large and, except as otherwise provided in section 5.010, shall serve for terms of 4 years.
4. The Mayor and Council Members first holding office under this Charter shall each receive a monthly salary of $35 during the terms for which they were elected, selected or appointed. Thereafter, subject to the provisions of subsection 5 of section 2.090, the Mayor and Council Members shall receive a salary in an amount fixed by the Board of Council Members.
Sec. 60. Section 2.010 of the Charter of Carson City, being chapter 213, Statutes of Nevada 1969, as last amended by chapter 52, Statutes of Nevada 2023, at page 239, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 2.010 Board of Supervisors: Qualifications; election; term of office.
1. The legislative power of Carson City is vested in a Board of Supervisors consisting of five Supervisors, including the Mayor.
2. The Mayor must be:
(a) An actual and bona fide resident of Carson City for at least 6 months immediately preceding his or her election.
(b) A qualified elector within Carson City.
(c) Registered to vote in Carson City.
3. Each Supervisor must be:
(a) An actual and bona fide resident of Carson City for at least 6 months immediately preceding his or her election.
(b) A qualified elector within the ward which he or she represents.
(c) A resident of the ward which he or she represents, except that changes effected in the boundaries of a ward pursuant to the provisions of section 1.060 do not affect the right of any elected Supervisor to continue in office for the term for which he or she was elected.
(d) Registered to vote in the ward which he or she represents.
4. All Supervisors, including the Mayor, must be voted upon by the registered voters of Carson City at large and shall serve for terms of 4 years. Each term of office:
(a) Begins at midnight on the first Monday in January following the general election; and
(b) Ends at 11:59 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the first Monday in January following the general election.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2114 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
Sec. 61. Section 4.030 of the Charter of Carson City, being chapter 213, Statutes of Nevada 1969, as last amended by chapter 96, Statutes of Nevada 1997, at page 182, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 4.030 Municipal Court: Judges.
1. The justices of the peace of Carson City are ex officio judges of the Municipal Court of Carson City which consists of at least two departments.
2. The Board of Supervisors may by ordinance establish a third department of the Municipal Court. The judge of this department must be:
(a) A resident of Carson City for a continuous 6-month period immediately preceding his or her election.
(b) A qualified elector.
(c) Registered to vote in Carson City.
3. If a third department of the Municipal Court is established, the municipal judge elected for that department serves for a term of 6 years.
4. The Board may appoint a municipal judge for a part-time or temporary position. The Board shall establish the hours of service for this position.
5. The salary of the judges of the Municipal Court must be fixed by the Board and be paid in the same manner as provided for other elected officers.
Sec. 62. Section 2.010 of the Charter of the City of Elko, being chapter 276, Statutes of Nevada 1971, as last amended by chapter 231, Statutes of Nevada 2011, at page 1002, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 2.010 City Council: Qualifications; election; term of office; salary.
1. The legislative power of the City is vested in a City Council consisting of four members and the Mayor.
2. The members of the City Council must be:
(a) Bona fide residents of the City for at least 2 years before their election.
(b) Qualified electors within the City.
(c) Registered to vote in the City.
3. All members of the City Council must be voted upon by the registered voters of the City at large and, except as otherwise provided in section 5.010, shall serve for terms of 4 years.
4. The members of the City Council must receive a salary in an amount fixed by the City Council.
Sec. 63. Section 3.010 of the Charter of the City of Elko, being chapter 276, Statutes of Nevada 1971, as last amended by chapter 51, Statutes of Nevada 2001, at page 461, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 3.010 Mayor: Qualifications; duties; Mayor pro tempore.
1. The Mayor must be:
(a) A bona fide resident of the City for at least 2 years before his or her election.
(b) A qualified elector within the City.
(c) Registered to vote in the City.
2. The Mayor shall:
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2115 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
(a) Serve as ex officio President of the City Council and preside over its meetings.
(b) Serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the City.
(c) Be recognized as the head of the City Government for all ceremonial purposes.
(d) Perform such emergency duties as may be necessary for the health, welfare and safety of the City.
(e) Perform such other duties, except administrative duties assigned by the City Council to the City Manager, as may be prescribed by ordinance or by the provisions of Nevada Revised Statutes which apply to a mayor of a city organized under the provisions of a special charter.
3. The City Council shall elect one of its members to be the Mayor pro tempore who:
(a) Holds such office and title, without additional compensation, during the term for which he or she was elected.
(b) Must perform the duties of Mayor during the absence or disability of the Mayor.
(c) Must act as Mayor until the next municipal election if the office of Mayor becomes vacant.
Sec. 64. Section 2.010 of the Charter of the City of Henderson, being chapter 266, Statutes of Nevada 1971, as last amended by chapter 558, Statutes of Nevada 2019, at page 3551, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 2.010 City Council: Qualifications; election; term of office; salary.
1. The legislative power of the City is vested in a City Council consisting of one Council Member from each ward and the Mayor.
2. The Mayor must be:
(a) A bona fide resident of the territory which is established by the boundaries of the City for the 12 months immediately preceding the last day for filing a declaration of candidacy for the office.
(b) A qualified elector within the City.
(c) Registered to vote in the City.
3. Each Council Member must be:
(a) A bona fide resident of the territory which is established by the boundaries of the City for the 12 months immediately preceding the last day for filing a declaration of candidacy for the office.
(b) A qualified elector within the ward which he or she represents.
(c) A resident of the ward which he or she represents for at least 30 days immediately preceding the last day for filing a declaration of candidacy for the office, except that changes in ward boundaries pursuant to the provisions of section 1.040 do not affect the right of any elected Council Member to continue in office for the term for which he or she was elected.
(d) Registered to vote in the ward which he or she represents.
4. All Council Members, including the Mayor, except as otherwise provided in sections 5.020 and 5.120, shall serve for terms of 4 years.
5. The Mayor and Council Members are entitled to receive a salary in an amount fixed by the City Council. The City Council shall not adopt an ordinance which increases or decreases the salary of the Mayor or the Council Members during the term for which they have been elected or appointed.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2116 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
not adopt an ordinance which increases or decreases the salary of the Mayor or the Council Members during the term for which they have been elected or appointed.
Sec. 65. Section 2.020 of the Charter of the City of Las Vegas, being chapter 517, Statutes of Nevada 1983, at page 1394, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 2.020 Mayor and Council Members: Qualifications; terms of office; salary.
1. The Mayor must be [a] :
(a) A qualified elector who has resided within the territory which is established by the boundaries of the City for a period of not less than 30 days immediately before the last day for filing a declaration of candidacy for that office ;
(b) Registered to vote in the City; and [be elected]
(c) Elected by the registered voters of the City at large.
2. Each Council Member must be [a] :
(a) A qualified elector who has resided within the ward which he or she represents for a period of not less than 30 days immediately before the last day for filing a declaration of candidacy for his or her office ;
(b) Registered to vote in the ward which he or she represents; and [be elected]
(c) Elected by the registered voters of that ward.
3. The Mayor or any Council Member automatically forfeits the remainder of his or her term of office and that office becomes vacant if he or she ceases to be a resident of the City or of the ward which he or she represents, as the case may be.
4. The respective salaries of the Mayor and Council Members must be fixed by ordinance.
Sec. 66. Section 4.020 of the Charter of the City of Las Vegas, being chapter 517, Statutes of Nevada 1983, as last amended by chapter 558, Statutes of Nevada 2019, at page 3557, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 4.020 Municipal Court: Qualifications of Municipal Judges; salary; Master Judge; departments; Alternate Judges.
1. Each Municipal Judge shall devote his or her full time to the duties of his or her office and must be:
(a) A duly licensed member, in good standing, of the State Bar of Nevada, but this qualification does not apply to any Municipal Judge who is an incumbent when this Charter becomes effective as long as he or she continues to serve as such in uninterrupted terms.
(b) A qualified elector who has resided within the territory which is established by the boundaries of the City for a period of not less than 30 days immediately before the last day for filing a declaration of candidacy for the department for which he or she is a candidate.
(c) Registered to vote in the City.
(d) Voted upon by the registered voters of the City at large.
2. The salary of the Municipal Judges must be fixed by ordinance and be uniform for all departments of the Municipal Court. The salary may be increased during the terms for which the Judges are elected or appointed.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2117 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
3. The Municipal Judges of the six departments shall elect a Master Judge from among their number. The Master Judge shall hold office for a term of 2 years commencing on:
(a) If the general municipal election is held in an odd-numbered year, July 1 of each year of a general municipal election.
(b) If the general municipal election is held in an even-numbered year, January 1 of the year following the general municipal election.
4. If a vacancy occurs in the position of Master Judge, the Municipal Judges shall elect a replacement for the remainder of the unexpired term. If two or more Municipal Judges receive an equal number of votes for the position of Master Judge, the candidates who have received the tie votes shall resolve the tie vote by the drawing of lots. The Master Judge:
(a) Shall establish and enforce administrative regulations for governing the affairs of the Municipal Court.
(b) Is responsible for setting trial dates and other matters which pertain to the Court calendar.
(c) Shall perform such other Court administrative duties as may be required by the City Council.
5. Alternate Judges in sufficient numbers may be appointed annually by the Mayor, each of whom:
(a) Must be a duly licensed member, in good standing, of the State Bar of Nevada and have such other qualifications as are prescribed by ordinance.
(b) Has all of the powers and jurisdiction of a Municipal Judge while acting as such.
(c) Is entitled to such compensation as may be fixed by the City Council.
6. Any Municipal Judge, other than an Alternate Judge, automatically forfeits his or her office if he or she ceases to be a resident of the City.
Sec. 67. Section 2.010 of the Charter of the City of Mesquite, being chapter 325, Statutes of Nevada 2017, at page 1869, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 2.010 City Council: Qualifications; election; term of office; salary.
1. The legislative power of the City is vested in a City Council consisting of five Council members.
2. Each Council member must be elected at large and without respect to the location of his or her residence, as long as the residence is within the city limits of the City of Mesquite.
3. Each Council member must be:
(a) A bona fide resident of the territory which is established by the boundaries of the City for the 12 months immediately preceding the last day for filing a declaration of candidacy for the office.
(b) A qualified elector within the City.
(c) Registered to vote in the City.
4. All Council members must be voted upon by the registered voters of the City at large and shall serve for terms of 4 years.
5. The Council members are entitled to receive a salary in an amount fixed by the City Council. The City Council shall not adopt an ordinance which increases or decreases the salary of the Council members and becomes effective during the term for which they have been elected or appointed.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2118 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
an ordinance which increases or decreases the salary of the Council members and becomes effective during the term for which they have been elected or appointed.
Sec. 68. Section 3.010 of the Charter of the City of Mesquite, being chapter 325, Statutes of Nevada 2017, at page 1880, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 3.010 Mayor: Qualifications; duties; election; term of office; salary; Mayor pro tempore.
1. The Mayor must be:
(a) A bona fide resident of the territory which is established by the boundaries of the City for the 12 months immediately preceding the last day for filing a declaration of candidacy for the office.
(b) A qualified elector within the City.
(c) Registered to vote in the City.
2. The Mayor:
(a) Shall preside over the meetings of the City Council, but may not vote except in the case of breaking a tie vote. While presiding over a meeting, the Mayor shall preserve order and decorum among the members and enforce the rules of the City Council and determine the order of business, subject to those rules and appeal to the City Council, or as provided by ordinance.
(b) Must be recognized as the official head of the City Government for all ceremonial purposes and for the performance of all duties lawfully delegated to the Mayor by this Charter, by action of the City Council or by any law.
(c) Has the authority to declare emergencies as necessary to protect the general health, welfare and safety of the City. Any such declaration of emergency:
(1) May include a provision authorizing the Mayor to act as the chief executive officer of all affairs of the City during the emergency; and
(2) Must be reviewed by the City Council at its next meeting.
(d) Shall provide an annual address to the City Council during the first quarter of each year relating to the state of the City, and recommend such measures as the Mayor may deem beneficial to the City.
(e) Shall take all proper measures for the preservation of public peace and order, and the suppression of riots, tumults and all forms of public disturbances, for which purpose the Mayor may, if the City is not participating in a metropolitan police department, appoint extra police officers temporarily and use and command the police force. If the City is participating in a metropolitan police department, the Mayor may request law enforcement assistance from the sheriff. In either case, if local law enforcement forces are inadequate, the Mayor shall call upon the Governor for military aid in the manner provided by law.
(f) Shall sign all licenses and warrants and claims against the City.
(g) May, subject to ratification by the City Council:
(1) Appoint himself or herself or any member of the City Council to, or remove himself or herself or any member of the City Council from, any board, commission or advisory agency if the Mayor or Council member is granted a seat on the board, commission or advisory agency because of his or her elective office; or
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2119 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
Mayor or Council member is granted a seat on the board, commission or advisory agency because of his or her elective office; or
(2) Appoint a person whom the City Council determines to be qualified to fill the seat of any person granted a seat pursuant to subparagraph (1) or remove such a qualified person from that seat.
(h) Shall, with the advice and consent of the City Council, appoint the City Manager and City Attorney.
(i) May propose ordinances, resolutions and proclamations that the City Council shall consider.
(j) Shall perform such other duties as the City Council prescribes by ordinance.
3. The Mayor may exercise the right of veto upon all matters passed by the City Council, but has no power to exercise a line-item veto. To pass any matter receiving the Mayors veto requires a four-fifths vote of the City Council.
4. No resolution or contract requiring the payment of money approved by the City Council or any ordinance may go into force or have any effect until approved in writing by the Mayor or his or her authorized designee, unless passed over the Mayors veto. If the Mayor does not approve the resolution, contract or ordinance so submitted, the Mayor shall, within 5 days after the receipt thereof, return it to the City Clerk with his or her reasons in writing for not approving it. If the Mayor does not so return it, the resolution or contract thereupon goes into effect and the ordinance becomes a law, in like manner and with the same effect as if it had been approved by the Mayor.
5. Any of the duties set forth in:
(a) Subsection 2 or 4, other than the duties set forth in paragraph (c) or (f) of subsection 2, may be delegated to the Mayor pro tempore by the Mayor administratively or in instances of abstention during an official meeting.
(b) Paragraph (c) or (f) of subsection 2 may be delegated to the City Manager by the Mayor administratively.
6. The Mayor:
(a) Must be voted upon by the registered voters of the City at large and shall serve for a term of 4 years.
(b) Is entitled to receive a salary in an amount fixed by the City Council. The City Council shall not adopt an ordinance which increases or decreases the salary of the Mayor during the term for which he or she has been elected.
7. The City Council shall elect one of its members to be Mayor pro tempore. Such person shall:
(a) Hold such office and title, without additional compensation, during the term for which he or she was elected.
(b) Perform the duties of Mayor during the absence or disability of the Mayor.
(c) Act as Mayor until the City Council appoints a Mayor, if the office of Mayor becomes vacant.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2120 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
Sec. 69. Section 2.010 of the Charter of the City of North Las Vegas, being chapter 573, Statutes of Nevada 1971, as last amended by chapter 558, Statutes of Nevada 2019, at page 3561, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 2.010 City Council: Qualifications; election; term of office; salary.
1. The legislative power of the City is vested in a City Council consisting of four Council Members and a Mayor.
2. The Mayor must be:
(a) A bona fide resident of the City for at least 6 months immediately preceding his or her election.
(b) A qualified elector within the City.
(c) Registered to vote in the City.
3. Each Council Member:
(a) Must be a qualified elector who has resided in the ward which he or she represents for at least 30 days immediately preceding the last day for filing a declaration of candidacy for his or her office.
(b) Must continue to live in the ward he or she represents, except that changes in ward boundaries made pursuant to section 1.045 will not affect the right of any elected Council Member to continue in office for the term for which he or she was elected.
(c) Must be registered to vote in the ward which he or she represents.
4. At the time of filing, if so required by an ordinance duly enacted, candidates for the office of Mayor and Council Member shall produce evidence in satisfaction of any or all of the qualifications provided in subsection 2 or 3, whichever is applicable.
5. Each Council Member must be voted upon only by the registered voters of the ward that he or she seeks to represent, and except as otherwise provided in sections 5.010 and 5.100, his or her term of office is 4 years.
6. The Mayor must be voted upon by the registered voters of the City at large, and except as otherwise provided in sections 5.010 and 5.100, his or her term of office is 4 years.
7. The Mayor and Council Members are entitled to receive a salary in an amount fixed by the City Council.
Sec. 70. Section 2.010 of the Charter of the City of Reno, being chapter 662, Statutes of Nevada 1971, as last amended by chapter 584, Statutes of Nevada 2017, at page 4198, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 2.010 Mayor and City Council: Qualifications; election; term of office; salary.
1. The legislative power of the City is vested in a City Council consisting of six Council Members and a Mayor.
2. The Mayor and Council Members must be qualified electors within the City [.] and registered to vote in the City or ward which he or she represents, as applicable. Each Council Member elected from a ward must continue to live in that ward for as long as he or she represents the ward.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2121 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
3. The Mayor represents the City at large and one Council Member represents each ward. The Mayor and Council Members serve for terms of 4 years.
4. The Mayor and Council Members are entitled to receive a salary in an amount fixed by the City Council.
Sec. 71. Section 3.060 of the Charter of the City of Reno, being chapter 662, Statutes of Nevada 1971, as last amended by chapter 163, Statutes of Nevada 2015, at page 772, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 3.060 City Attorney: Qualifications; duties; salary.
1. The City Attorney must be a duly licensed member of the State Bar of Nevada , [and] a qualified elector within the City [.] and registered to vote in the City. Once elected, he or she shall hold office for a term of 4 years and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.
2. The City Attorney is the Legal Officer of the City and shall:
(a) Perform such duties as are designated by ordinance;
(b) Be present at all meetings of the City Council;
(c) Be counsel for the Commission;
(d) Devote his or her full time to the duties of the office; and
(e) Not engage in the private practice of law.
3. The City Attorney is entitled to receive a salary as fixed by resolution of the City Council.
4. As he or she requires in the discharge of the duties of his or her office, the City Attorney may:
(a) Appoint and remove any professional and paraprofessional legal staff, including, without limitation, attorneys, paralegals, investigators, an office administrator and an executive assistant. Professional and paraprofessional legal staff must not be Civil Service employees.
(b) Appoint and remove clerical staff, including, without limitation, management assistants, legal secretaries and advocates. Clerical staff must not be Civil Service employees.
5. The Council may appropriate such an amount of money as it deems proper to compensate the professional and paraprofessional legal staff and clerical staff appointed by the City Attorney pursuant to subsection 4.
6. Any attorney or paralegal who is employed for more than 20 hours per week by the City Attorney shall not engage in the private practice of law.
Sec. 72. Section 4.020 of the Charter of the City of Reno, being chapter 662, Statutes of Nevada 1971, as last amended by chapter 349, Statutes of Nevada 2013, at page 1828, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 4.020 Municipal Court: Qualifications of Municipal Judge; salary.
1. A Municipal Judge must be:
(a) An attorney licensed to practice law in the State.
(b) A qualified elector within the City.
(c) Registered to vote in the City.
2. A Municipal Judge shall not engage in the private practice of law.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2122 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
3. The salary of a Municipal Judge must be:
(a) Fixed by resolution of the City Council.
(b) Uniform for all judges in the Municipal Court.
Sec. 73. Section 2.010 of the Charter of the City of Wells, being chapter 275, Statutes of Nevada 1971, as last amended by chapter 59, Statutes of Nevada 2007, at page 144, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 2.010 Board of Council Members: Qualifications; election; term of office; salary.
1. The legislative power of the City is vested in a Board of Council Members consisting of four Council Members and a Mayor.
2. The Mayor and Council Members must be:
(a) Bona fide residents of the City for at least 2 years prior to their election.
(b) Qualified electors within the City.
(c) Registered to vote in the City.
3. All Council Members, including the Mayor, must be voted upon by the registered voters of the City at large and, except as otherwise provided in section 5.010, shall serve for terms of 4 years.
4. The Mayor and Council Members shall receive a salary in an amount fixed by the Board of Council Members.
Sec. 74. Section 2.010 of the Charter of the City of Yerington, being chapter 465, Statutes of Nevada 1971, as last amended by chapter 558, Statutes of Nevada 2019, at page 3564, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 2.010 City Council: Qualifications; election; term of office; salary.
1. The legislative power of the City is vested in a City Council consisting of four Council Members.
2. The Council Members must be:
(a) Bona fide residents of the City for at least 6 months immediately preceding their election.
(b) Qualified electors in the City.
(c) Registered to vote in the City.
3. All Council Members must be voted upon by the registered voters of the City at large and, except as otherwise provided in sections 5.010 and 5.110, shall serve for terms of 4 years.
4. The Council Members shall receive a salary in an amount fixed by the City Council.
Sec. 75. Section 3.010 of the Charter of the City of Yerington, being chapter 465, Statutes of Nevada 1971, as last amended by chapter 98, Statutes of Nevada 1977, at page 213, is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 3.010 Mayor: Qualifications; duties.
1. The Mayor shall be:
(a) A bona fide resident of the City for at least 6 months immediately preceding his or her election.
(b) A qualified elector in the City.
(c) Registered to vote in the City.
2. The Mayor shall:
(a) Serve as the Chief Executive and Administrative Officer of the City.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2123 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
(b) Preside over the meetings of the City Council. He or she shall not be entitled to vote on any matter before the Council except in case of a tie.
(c) Have the right of veto on any matter passed by the City Council. A three-fourths vote of the Council is necessary to override such veto.
(d) Perform such emergency duties as may be necessary for the general health, welfare and safety of the City.
(e) Perform such other duties as may be prescribed by ordinance or by the provisions of Nevada Revised Statutes which apply to a mayor of a city organized under the provisions of a special charter.
Sec. 76. Section 6 of the Moapa Valley Water District Act, being chapter 477, Statutes of Nevada 1983, as last amended by chapter 218, Statutes of Nevada 2001, at page 991 is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 6. 1. Each member of the Board must:
(a) Actually, as opposed to constructively, reside in the election area represented for at least 30 days immediately preceding the date of the close of filing of declarations of candidacy as set forth in section 7 of this chapter;
(b) Be a qualified elector of the election area represented;
(c) Be registered to vote in the election area represented; and
[(c)] (d) Take office upon qualification therefor as provided in subsection 2, or on the first Monday in January next following the members election, whichever is later, and leave office upon the first Monday in January next following the election of the members successor in office.
2. Before taking office, each member of the Board must qualify by filing with the Clerk of Clark County:
(a) An oath of office taken and subscribed in the manner prescribed by the Clerk; and
(b) A corporate surety bond, at the expense of the District, in an amount determined by the Clerk, but no greater than $10,000, which bond must guarantee the faithful performance of the duties of the member.
3. A vacancy on the Board must be filled by an appointment made by the remaining members of the Board. The person so appointed must be, for the 30 days immediately preceding the date of appointment, a resident and elector of the election area represented, and, before taking office, qualify in the manner prescribed in subsection 2. The person shall serve until the first Monday in January following the next general district election. If that general district election precedes the expiration of the term of the member whose absence required the appointment, the balance of that term must be filled at that general district election in the same manner as prescribed for the election of other members of the Board. If the Board fails, neglects or refuses to fill a vacancy within 30 days after a vacancy occurs, the Board of County Commissioners of Clark County shall fill the vacancy.
κ2025 Statutes of Nevada, Page 2124 (CHAPTER 323, AB 491)κ
Sec. 77. Section 7 of the Virgin Valley Water District Act, being chapter 100, Statutes of Nevada 1993, as amended by chapter 353, Statutes of Nevada 2013, at page 1849 is hereby amended to read as follows:
Sec. 7. 1. Each member of the Board must:
(a) Reside in the geographical area represented, or if the Board has established various election areas, the election area represented, for at least 6 months before the election at which the member is elected;
(b) Be a qualified elector of the geographical area represented or the election area represented;
(c) Be registered to vote in the geographical area represented or the election area represented; and
[(c)] (d) Take office upon qualification therefor as provided in subsection 2, or on the first Monday in January next following the members election, whichever is later, and leave office upon the first Monday in January next following the election of the members successor in office.
2. Before taking office, each member of the Board must qualify by filing with the Clerk of Clark County:
(a) An oath of office taken and subscribed in the manner prescribed by the Clerk; and
(b) A corporate surety bond, at the expense of the District, in an amount determined by the Clerk, but no greater than $10,000, which bond must guarantee the faithful performance of the duties of the member.
3. A vacancy in the office of a member of the Board must be filled by appointment of the remaining members of the Board. The person so appointed must be a resident and elector of the geographical area represented, or if the Board has established various election areas, the election area represented, and, before taking office, qualify in the manner prescribed in subsection 2. The person shall serve the remainder of the term of the member whose absence required his or her appointment. If the Board fails, neglects or refuses to fill a vacancy within 30 days after a vacancy occurs, the Board of County Commissioners of Clark County shall fill the vacancy.
Sec. 78. 1. The amendatory provisions of this act do not apply to a person who, on October 1, 2025, holds an elected office in this State.
2. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 1, the amendatory provisions of this act apply to every person who, after October 1, 2025, files a declaration of candidacy for any elected office in this State other than federal office.
Sec. 79. The provisions of NRS 354.599 do not apply to any additional expenses of a local government that are related to the provisions of this act.
________